summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Build/source/texk/web2c/etexdir/etex.ch
blob: d6363552633a9005b7c88ebeccef31b152d6b388 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
% This is etex.ch, a
% WEB change file containing code for various features extending TeX;
% to be applied to tex.web in order to define the
% e-TeX program.
 
% e-TeX is copyright (C) 1999-2012 by P. Breitenlohner (1994,98 by the NTS
% team); all rights are reserved. Copying of this file is authorized only if
% (1) you are P. Breitenlohner, or if (2) you make absolutely no changes to
% your copy. (Programs such as TIE allow the application of several change
% files to tex.web; the master files tex.web and etex.ch should stay intact.)

% See etex_gen.tex for hints on how to install this program.
% And see etripman.tex for details about how to validate it.

% The TeX program is copyright (C) 1982 by D. E. Knuth.
% TeX is a trademark of the American Mathematical Society.
% e-TeX and NTS are trademarks of the NTS group.

% All line numbers refer to tex.web 3.14159265 as of January 20, 2014.

@x limbo l.1 - this is e-TeX
% This program is copyright (C) 1982 by D. E. Knuth; all rights are reserved.
% Unlimited copying and redistribution of this file are permitted as long
% as this file is not modified. Modifications are permitted, but only if
% the resulting file is not named tex.web. (The WEB system provides
% for alterations via an auxiliary file; the master file should stay intact.)
% See Appendix H of the WEB manual for hints on how to install this program.
% And see Appendix A of the TRIP manual for details about how to validate it.

% TeX is a trademark of the American Mathematical Society.
% METAFONT is a trademark of Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
@y
% e-TeX is copyright (C) 1999-2012 by P. Breitenlohner (1994,98 by the NTS
% team); all rights are reserved. Copying of this file is authorized only if
% (1) you are P. Breitenlohner, or if (2) you make absolutely no changes to
% your copy. (Programs such as TIE allow the application of several change
% files to tex.web; the master files tex.web and etex.ch should stay intact.)

% See etex_gen.tex for hints on how to install this program.
% And see etripman.tex for details about how to validate it.

% e-TeX and NTS are trademarks of the NTS group.
% TeX is a trademark of the American Mathematical Society.
% METAFONT is a trademark of Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.

% This program is directly derived from Donald E. Knuth's TeX;
% the change history which follows and the reward offered for finders of
% bugs refer specifically to TeX; they should not be taken as referring
% to e-TeX, although the change history is relevant in that it
% demonstrates the evolutionary path followed.  This program is not TeX;
% that name is reserved strictly for the program which is the creation
% and sole responsibility of Professor Knuth.
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x limbo l.51 - e-TeX history
% Although considerable effort has been expended to make the TeX program
% correct and reliable, no warranty is implied; the author disclaims any
% obligation or liability for damages, including but not limited to
% special, indirect, or consequential damages arising out of or in
% connection with the use or performance of this software. This work has
% been a ``labor of love'' and the author hopes that users enjoy it.
@y
% A preliminary version of TeX--XeT was released in April 1992.
% TeX--XeT version 1.0 was released in June 1992,
%   version 1.1 prevented arith overflow in glue computation (Oct 1992).
% A preliminary e-TeX version 0.95 was operational in March 1994.
% Version 1.0beta was released in May 1995.
% Version 1.01beta fixed bugs in just_copy and every_eof (December 1995).
% Version 1.02beta allowed 256 mark classes (March 1996).
% Version 1.1 changed \group{type,level} -> \currentgroup{type,level},
%             first public release (October 1996).
% Version 2.0 development was started in March 1997;
%             fixed a ligature-\beginR bug in January 1998;
%             was released in March 1998.
% Version 2.1 fixed a \marks bug (when min_halfword<>0) (January 1999).
% Version 2.2 development was started in Feb 2003; released in Oct 2004.
%             fixed a bug in sparse array handling (0=>null), Jun 2002;
%             fixed a bug in \lastnodetype (cur_val=>cur_val_level)
%                 reported by Hartmut Henkel <hartmut_henkel@@gmx.de>,
%                 fix by Fabrice Popineau <Fabrice.Popineau@@supelec.fr>,
%                 Jan 2004;
%             another bug in sparse array handling (cur_ptr=>cur_chr)
%                 reported by Taco Hoekwater <taco@@elvenkind.com>, Jul 2004;
%             fixed a sparse array reference count bug (\let,\futurelet),
%                 fix by Bernd Raichle <berd@@dante.de>, Aug 2004;
%             reorganized handling of banner, additional token list and
%                 integer parameters, and similar in order to reduce the
%                 interference between eTeX, pdfTeX, and web2c change files.
%             adapted to tex.web 3.141592, revised glue rounding for mixed
%                 direction typesetting;
%             fixed a bug in the revised glue rounding code, detected by
%                 Tigran Aivazian <tigran@@aivazian.fsnet.co.uk>, Oct 2004.
% Version 2.3 development was started in Feb 2008; released in Apr 2011.
%             fixed a bug in hyph_code handling (\savinghyphcodes)
%                 reported by Vladimir Volovich <vvv@@vsu.ru>, Feb 2008.
%             fixed the error messages for improper use of \protected,
%                 reported by Heiko Oberdiek
%                 <heiko.oberdiek@@googlemail.com>, May 2010.
%             some rearrangements to reduce interferences between
%                 e-TeX and pTeX, in part suggested by Hironori Kitagawa
%                 <h_kitagawa2001@@yahoo.co.jp>, Mar 2011.
% Version 2.4 fixed an uninitialized line number bug, released in May 2012.
% Version 2.5 development was started in Aug 2012; released in Feb 2013.
%             better tracing of font definitions, reported by
%                 Bruno Le Floch <blflatex@@gmail.com>, Jul 2012.
% Version 2.6 development was started in Mar 2013; released in ??? 201?.
%             enable hyphenation of text between \beginL and \endL or
%                 between \beginR and \endR, problem reported by
%                 Vafa Khalighi <vafalgk@@gmail.com>, Nov 2013.
%             better handling of right-to-left text -- to be done.

% Although considerable effort has been expended to make the e-TeX program
% correct and reliable, no warranty is implied; the author disclaims any
% obligation or liability for damages, including but not limited to
% special, indirect, or consequential damages arising out of or in
% connection with the use or performance of this software. This work has
% been a ``labor of love'' and the author hopes that users enjoy it.
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x limbo l.63 - e-TeX logo, TeXXeT
\let\mc=\ninerm % medium caps for names like SAIL
@y
\let\mc=\ninerm % medium caps for names like SAIL
\def\eTeX{$\varepsilon$-\TeX}
\font\revrm=xbmc10 % for right-to-left text
% to generate xbmc10 (i.e., reflected cmbx10) use a file
% xbmc10.mf containing:
%+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
%     if unknown cmbase: input cmbase fi
%     extra_endchar := extra_endchar &
%       "currentpicture:=currentpicture " &
%       "reflectedabout((.5[l,r],0),(.5[l,r],1));";
%     input cmbx10
%+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
\ifx\beginL\undefined % this is TeX
  \def\XeT{X\kern-.125em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT}
  \def\TeXeT{\TeX-\hbox{\revrm \XeT}}   % for TeX-XeT
  \def\TeXXeT{\TeX-\hbox{\revrm -\XeT}} % for TeX--XeT
\else
  \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined % this is \TeXeT
    \def\TeXeT{\TeX-{\revrm\beginR\TeX\endR}}   % for TeX-XeT
    \def\TeXXeT{\TeX-{\revrm\beginR\TeX-\endR}} % for TeX--XeT
  \else % this is \eTeX
    \def\TeXeT{\TeX-{\TeXXeTstate=1\revrm\beginR\TeX\endR}}   % for TeX-XeT
    \def\TeXXeT{\TeX-{\TeXXeTstate=1\revrm\beginR\TeX-\endR}} % for TeX--XeT
  \fi
\fi
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x limbo l.66 - bug fix (print only changed modules)
\def\pct!{{\char`\%}} % percent sign in ordinary text
@y
\def\pct!{{\char`\%}} % percent sign in ordinary text
\def\grp{\.{\char'173...\char'175}}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x limbo l.82 - e-TeX basic
\def\title{\TeX82}
@y
\def\title{\eTeX}
% system dependent redefinitions of \title should come later
% and should use:
%    \toks0=\expandafter{\title}
%    \edef\title{...\the\toks0...}
\let\maybe=\iffalse % print only changed modules
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [1] m.1 l.93 - this is e-TeX
This is \TeX, a document compiler intended to produce typesetting of high
@y
This is \eTeX, a program derived from and extending the capabilities of
\TeX, a document compiler intended to produce typesetting of high
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [1] m.2 l.182 - e-TeX basic
If this program is changed, the resulting system should not be called
@y
This program contains code for various features extending \TeX,
therefore this program is called `\eTeX' and not
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [1] m.2 l.188 - e-TeX basic
November 1984].
@y
November 1984].

A similar test suite called the ``\.{e-TRIP} test'' is available for
helping to determine whether a particular implementation deserves to be
known as `\eTeX'.
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [1] m.2 l.190 - e-TeX basic
@d banner=='This is TeX, Version 3.141592653' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
@y
@d eTeX_version=2 { \.{\\eTeXversion} }
@d eTeX_revision==".6" { \.{\\eTeXrevision} }
@d eTeX_version_string=='-2.6' {current \eTeX\ version}
@#
@d eTeX_banner=='This is e-TeX, Version 3.141592653',eTeX_version_string
  {printed when \eTeX\ starts}
@#
@d TeX_banner=='This is TeX, Version 3.141592653' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
@#
@d banner==eTeX_banner
@#
@d TEX==ETEX {change program name into |ETEX|}
@#
@d TeXXeT_code=0 {the \TeXXeT\ feature is optional}
@#
@d eTeX_states=1 {number of \eTeX\ state variables in |eqtb|}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [1] m.3 l.209 - e-TeX basic
scalar types; there are no `\&{var}' parameters, except in the case of files;
@y
scalar types; there are no `\&{var}' parameters, except in the case of files
--- \eTeX, however, does use `\&{var}' parameters for the |reverse| function;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [1] m.15 l.504 - e-TeX basic
@d not_found=45 {go here when you've found nothing}
@y
@d not_found=45 {go here when you've found nothing}
@d not_found1=46 {like |not_found|, when there's more than one}
@d not_found2=47 {like |not_found|, when there's more than two}
@d not_found3=48 {like |not_found|, when there's more than three}
@d not_found4=49 {like |not_found|, when there's more than four}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [10] m.135 l.2895 - e-TeX TeXXeT
|fil|, |fill|, or |filll|). The |subtype| field is not used.
@y
|fil|, |fill|, or |filll|). The |subtype| field is not used in \TeX.
In \eTeX\ the |subtype| field records the box direction mode |box_lr|.
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [10] m.141 l.2980 - e-TeX marks
This field occupies a full word instead of a halfword, because
there's nothing to put in the other halfword; it is easier in \PASCAL\ to
use the full word than to risk leaving garbage in the unused half.
@y
In addition there is a |mark_class| field that contains the mark class.
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [10] m.141 l.2986 - e-TeX marks
@d mark_ptr(#)==mem[#+1].int {head of the token list for a mark}
@y
@d mark_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {head of the token list for a mark}
@d mark_class(#)==info(#+1) {the mark class}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [10] m.142 l.2995 - e-TeX marks
@d adjust_ptr==mark_ptr {vertical list to be moved out of horizontal list}
@y
@d adjust_ptr(#)==mem[#+1].int
  {vertical list to be moved out of horizontal list}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [10] m.147 l.3084 - e-TeX TeXXeT
the amount of surrounding space inserted by \.{\\mathsurround}.
@y
the amount of surrounding space inserted by \.{\\mathsurround}.

In addition a |math_node| with |subtype>after| and |width=0| will be
(ab)used to record a regular |math_node| reinserted after being
discarded at a line break or one of the text direction primitives (
\.{\\beginL}, \.{\\endL}, \.{\\beginR}, and \.{\\endR} ).
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [10] m.147 l.3088 - e-TeX TeXXeT
@d after=1 {|subtype| for math node that winds up a formula}
@y
@d after=1 {|subtype| for math node that winds up a formula}
@#
@d M_code=2
@d begin_M_code=M_code+before {|subtype| for \.{\\beginM} node}
@d end_M_code=M_code+after {|subtype| for \.{\\endM} node}
@d L_code=4
@d begin_L_code=L_code+begin_M_code {|subtype| for \.{\\beginL} node}
@d end_L_code=L_code+end_M_code {|subtype| for \.{\\endL} node}
@d R_code=L_code+L_code
@d begin_R_code=R_code+begin_M_code {|subtype| for \.{\\beginR} node}
@d end_R_code=R_code+end_M_code {|subtype| for \.{\\endR} node}
@#
@d end_LR(#)==odd(subtype(#))
@d end_LR_type(#)==(L_code*(subtype(#) div L_code)+end_M_code)
@d begin_LR_type(#)==(#-after+before)
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [12] m.175 l.3561 - e-TeX TeXXeT
math_node: print_char("$");
@y
math_node: if subtype(p)>=L_code then print("[]")
  else print_char("$");
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [12] m.184 l.3728 - e-TeX TeXXeT
    begin print(", shifted "); print_scaled(shift_amount(p));
    end;
@y
    begin print(", shifted "); print_scaled(shift_amount(p));
    end;
  if eTeX_ex then @<Display if this box is never to be reversed@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [12] m.192 l.3826 - e-TeX TeXXeT
begin print_esc("math");
@y
if subtype(p)>after then
  begin if end_LR(p) then print_esc("end")
  else print_esc("begin");
  if subtype(p)>R_code then print_char("R")
  else if subtype(p)>L_code then print_char("L")
  else print_char("M");
  end else
begin print_esc("math");
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [12] m.196 l.3859 - e-TeX marks
begin print_esc("mark"); print_mark(mark_ptr(p));
@y
begin print_esc("mark");
if mark_class(p)<>0 then
  begin print_char("s"); print_int(mark_class(p));
  end;
print_mark(mark_ptr(p));
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [15] m.208 l.4096 - e-TeX saved_items
@d un_vbox=24 {unglue a box ( \.{\\unvbox}, \.{\\unvcopy} )}
@y
@d un_vbox=24 {unglue a box ( \.{\\unvbox}, \.{\\unvcopy} )}
  {( or \.{\\pagediscards}, \.{\\splitdiscards} )}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [15] m.208 l.4106 - e-TeX TeXXeT
@d valign=33 {vertical table alignment ( \.{\\valign} )}
@y
@d valign=33 {vertical table alignment ( \.{\\valign} )}
  {or text direction directives ( \.{\\beginL}, etc.~)}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [15] m.208 l.4122 - e-TeX middle
@d left_right=49 {variable delimiter ( \.{\\left}, \.{\\right} )}
@y
@d left_right=49 {variable delimiter ( \.{\\left}, \.{\\right} )}
  {( or \.{\\middle} )}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [15] m.209 l.4166 - e-TeX basic
  \.{\\insertpenalties} )}
@y
  \.{\\insertpenalties} )}
  {( or \.{\\interactionmode} )}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [15] m.209 l.4168 - e-TeX penalties
@d set_shape=84 {specify fancy paragraph shape ( \.{\\parshape} )}
@y
@d set_shape=84 {specify fancy paragraph shape ( \.{\\parshape} )}
  {(or \.{\\interlinepenalties}, etc.~)}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [15] m.209 l.4178 - e-TeX protected
@d prefix=93 {qualify a definition ( \.{\\global}, \.{\\long}, \.{\\outer} )}
@y
@d prefix=93 {qualify a definition ( \.{\\global}, \.{\\long}, \.{\\outer} )}
  {( or \.{\\protected} )}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [15] m.209 l.4181 - e-TeX read_line
@d read_to_cs=96 {read into a control sequence ( \.{\\read} )}
@y
@d read_to_cs=96 {read into a control sequence ( \.{\\read} )}
  {( or \.{\\readline} )}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [15] m.210 l.4196 - e-TeX scan_tokens
@d input=max_command+4 {input a source file ( \.{\\input}, \.{\\endinput} )}
@y
@d input=max_command+4 {input a source file ( \.{\\input}, \.{\\endinput} )}
  {( or \.{\\scantokens} )}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [15] m.210 l.4201 - e-TeX unexpanded
@d the=max_command+9 {expand an internal quantity ( \.{\\the} )}
@y
@d the=max_command+9 {expand an internal quantity ( \.{\\the} )}
  {( or \.{\\unexpanded}, \.{\\detokenize} )}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [16] m.212 l.4304 - e-TeX basic
user's output routine.
@y
user's output routine.

A seventh quantity, |eTeX_aux|, is used by the extended features \eTeX.
In vertical modes it is known as |LR_save| and holds the LR stack when a
paragraph is interrupted by a displayed formula.  In display math mode
it is known as |LR_box| and holds a pointer to a prototype box for the
display.  In math mode it is known as |delim_ptr| and points to the most
recent |left_noad| or |middle_noad| of a |math_left_group|.
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [16] m.212 l.4319 - e-TeX basic
  @!head_field,@!tail_field: pointer;
@y
  @!head_field,@!tail_field: pointer;
  @!eTeX_aux_field: pointer;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [16] m.213 l.4326 - e-TeX basic
@d tail==cur_list.tail_field {final node on current list}
@y
@d tail==cur_list.tail_field {final node on current list}
@d eTeX_aux==cur_list.eTeX_aux_field {auxiliary data for \eTeX}
@d LR_save==eTeX_aux {LR stack when a paragraph is interrupted}
@d LR_box==eTeX_aux {prototype box for display}
@d delim_ptr==eTeX_aux {most recent left or right noad of a math left group}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [16] m.215 l.4357 - e-TeX basic
mode:=vmode; head:=contrib_head; tail:=contrib_head;
@y
mode:=vmode; head:=contrib_head; tail:=contrib_head;
eTeX_aux:=null;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [16] m.216 l.4373 push_nest - e-TeX basic
incr(nest_ptr); head:=get_avail; tail:=head; prev_graf:=0; mode_line:=line;
@y
incr(nest_ptr); head:=get_avail; tail:=head; prev_graf:=0; mode_line:=line;
eTeX_aux:=null;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [17] m.230 l.4736 - e-TeX basic, every_eof
@d toks_base=local_base+10 {table of 256 token list registers}
@y
@d tex_toks=local_base+10 {end of \TeX's token list parameters}
@#
@d etex_toks_base=tex_toks {base for \eTeX's token list parameters}
@d every_eof_loc=etex_toks_base {points to token list for \.{\\everyeof}}
@d etex_toks=etex_toks_base+1 {end of \eTeX's token list parameters}
@#
@d toks_base=etex_toks {table of 256 token list registers}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [17] m.230 l.4737 - e-TeX basic, penalties
@d box_base=toks_base+256 {table of 256 box registers}
@y
@#
@d etex_pen_base=toks_base+256 {start of table of \eTeX's penalties}
@d inter_line_penalties_loc=etex_pen_base {additional penalties between lines}
@d club_penalties_loc=etex_pen_base+1 {penalties for creating club lines}
@d widow_penalties_loc=etex_pen_base+2 {penalties for creating widow lines}
@d display_widow_penalties_loc=etex_pen_base+3 {ditto, just before a display}
@d etex_pens=etex_pen_base+4 {end of table of \eTeX's penalties}
@#
@d box_base=etex_pens {table of 256 box registers}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [17] m.231 l.4802 - e-TeX basic
  othercases print_esc("errhelp")
@y
  @/@<Cases of |assign_toks| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
  othercases print_esc("errhelp")
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [17] m.232 l.4820 - e-TeX penalties
eq_level(par_shape_loc):=level_one;@/
@y
eq_level(par_shape_loc):=level_one;@/
for k:=etex_pen_base to etex_pens-1 do
  eqtb[k]:=eqtb[par_shape_loc];
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [17] m.233 l.4848 - e-TeX penalties
if n=par_shape_loc then
  begin print_esc("parshape"); print_char("=");
  if par_shape_ptr=null then print_char("0")
@y
if (n=par_shape_loc) or ((n>=etex_pen_base) and (n<etex_pens)) then
  begin print_cmd_chr(set_shape,n); print_char("=");
  if equiv(n)=null then print_char("0")
  else if n>par_shape_loc then
    begin print_int(penalty(equiv(n))); print_char(" ");
    print_int(penalty(equiv(n)+1));
    if penalty(equiv(n))>1 then print_esc("ETC.");
    end
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [17] m.236 l.4969 - e-TeX basic
@d int_pars=55 {total number of integer parameters}
@y
@d tex_int_pars=55 {total number of \TeX's integer parameters}
@#
@d etex_int_base=tex_int_pars {base for \eTeX's integer parameters}
@d tracing_assigns_code=etex_int_base {show assignments}
@d tracing_groups_code=etex_int_base+1 {show save/restore groups}
@d tracing_ifs_code=etex_int_base+2 {show conditionals}
@d tracing_scan_tokens_code=etex_int_base+3 {show pseudo file open and close}
@d tracing_nesting_code=etex_int_base+4 {show incomplete groups and ifs within files}
@d pre_display_direction_code=etex_int_base+5 {text direction preceding a display}
@d last_line_fit_code=etex_int_base+6 {adjustment for last line of paragraph}
@d saving_vdiscards_code=etex_int_base+7 {save items discarded from vlists}
@d saving_hyph_codes_code=etex_int_base+8 {save hyphenation codes for languages}
@d eTeX_state_code=etex_int_base+9 {\eTeX\ state variables}
@d etex_int_pars=eTeX_state_code+eTeX_states {total number of \eTeX's integer parameters}
@#
@d int_pars=etex_int_pars {total number of integer parameters}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [17] m.236 l.5031 - e-TeX basic
@d error_context_lines==int_par(error_context_lines_code)
@y
@d error_context_lines==int_par(error_context_lines_code)
@#
@d tracing_assigns==int_par(tracing_assigns_code)
@d tracing_groups==int_par(tracing_groups_code)
@d tracing_ifs==int_par(tracing_ifs_code)
@d tracing_scan_tokens==int_par(tracing_scan_tokens_code)
@d tracing_nesting==int_par(tracing_nesting_code)
@d pre_display_direction==int_par(pre_display_direction_code)
@d last_line_fit==int_par(last_line_fit_code)
@d saving_vdiscards==int_par(saving_vdiscards_code)
@d saving_hyph_codes==int_par(saving_hyph_codes_code)
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [17] m.237 l.5096 print_param - e-TeX basic
othercases print("[unknown integer parameter!]")
@y
@/@<Cases for |print_param|@>@/
othercases print("[unknown integer parameter!]")
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [18] m.264 l.5627 primitive - e-TeX basic
@!j:small_number; {index into |buffer|}
@y
@!j:0..buf_size; {index into |buffer|}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [18] m.264 l.5631 primitive - e-TeX basic
    {we will move |s| into the (empty) |buffer|}
  for j:=0 to l-1 do buffer[j]:=so(str_pool[k+j]);
  cur_val:=id_lookup(0,l); {|no_new_control_sequence| is |false|}
@y
    {we will move |s| into the (possibly non-empty) |buffer|}
  if first+l>buf_size+1 then
      overflow("buffer size",buf_size);
@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@>
  for j:=0 to l-1 do buffer[first+j]:=so(str_pool[k+j]);
  cur_val:=id_lookup(first,l); {|no_new_control_sequence| is |false|}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [18] m.265 l.5706 - e-TeX penalties
primitive("parshape",set_shape,0);@/
@y
primitive("parshape",set_shape,par_shape_loc);@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [18] m.265 l.5723 - e-TeX sparse arrays
primitive("toks",toks_register,0);@/
@y
primitive("toks",toks_register,mem_bot);@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [18] m.266 l.5756 - e-TeX cond
expand_after: print_esc("expandafter");
@y
expand_after: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("expandafter")
  @<Cases of |expandafter| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [18] m.266 l.5762 - e-TeX marks
mark: print_esc("mark");
@y
mark: begin print_esc("mark");
  if chr_code>0 then print_char("s");
  end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [18] m.266 l.5773 - e-TeX read_line
read_to_cs: print_esc("read");
@y
read_to_cs: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("read")
  @<Cases of |read| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [18] m.266 l.5777 - e-TeX penalties
set_shape: print_esc("parshape");
@y
set_shape: case chr_code of
  par_shape_loc: print_esc("parshape");
  @<Cases of |set_shape| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@;@/
  end; {there are no other cases}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [18] m.266 l.5778 - e-TeX unexpanded
the: print_esc("the");
@y
the: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("the")
  @<Cases of |the| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [18] m.266 l.5779 - e-TeX sparse arrays
toks_register: print_esc("toks");
@y
toks_register: @<Cases of |toks_register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [18] m.266 l.5781 - e-TeX TeXXeT
valign: print_esc("valign");
@y
valign: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("valign")@/
  @<Cases of |valign| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.268 l.5815 - e-TeX sparse arrays
interpreted in one of four ways:
@y
interpreted in one of five ways:
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.268 l.5835 - e-TeX tracing
the entries for that group.
@y
the entries for that group.
Furthermore, in extended \eTeX\ mode, |save_stack[p-1]| contains the
source line number at which the current level of grouping was entered.

\yskip\hang 5) If |save_type(p)=restore_sa|, then |sa_chain| points to a
chain of sparse array entries to be restored at the end of the current
group. Furthermore |save_index(p)| and |save_level(p)| should replace
the values of |sa_chain| and |sa_level| respectively.
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.268 l.5845 - e-TeX basic
@d level_boundary=3 {|save_type| corresponding to beginning of group}
@y
@d level_boundary=3 {|save_type| corresponding to beginning of group}
@d restore_sa=4 {|save_type| when sparse array entries should be restored}

@p@t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tracing and input@>
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.273 l.5903 - e-TeX tracing
@ The following macro is used to test if there is room for up to six more
@y
@ The following macro is used to test if there is room for up to seven more
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.273 l.5909 check_full_save_stack - e-TeX tracing
  if max_save_stack>save_size-6 then overflow("save size",save_size);
@y
  if max_save_stack>save_size-7 then overflow("save size",save_size);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.274 l.5931 new_save_level - e-TeX tracing
begin check_full_save_stack;
@y
begin check_full_save_stack;
if eTeX_ex then
  begin saved(0):=line; incr(save_ptr);
  end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.274 l.5938 new_save_level - e-TeX tracing
cur_boundary:=save_ptr; incr(cur_level); incr(save_ptr); cur_group:=c;
@y
cur_boundary:=save_ptr; cur_group:=c;
@!stat if tracing_groups>0 then group_trace(false);@+tats@;@/
incr(cur_level); incr(save_ptr);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.275 l.5956 eq_destroy - e-TeX sparse arrays
othercases do_nothing
@y
@/@<Cases for |eq_destroy|@>@/
othercases do_nothing
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.277 l.5978 - e-TeX tracing
the call, since |eq_save| makes the necessary test.
@y
the call, since |eq_save| makes the necessary test.

@d assign_trace(#)==@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then restore_trace(#);
  tats
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.277 l.5982 eq_define - e-TeX tracing
begin if eq_level(p)=cur_level then eq_destroy(eqtb[p])
@y
label exit;
begin if eTeX_ex and(eq_type(p)=t)and(equiv(p)=e) then
  begin assign_trace(p,"reassigning")@;@/
  eq_destroy(eqtb[p]); return;
  end;
assign_trace(p,"changing")@;@/
if eq_level(p)=cur_level then eq_destroy(eqtb[p])
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.277 l.5985 eq_define - e-TeX tracing
end;
@y
assign_trace(p,"into")@;@/
exit:end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.278 l.5992 eq_word_define - e-TeX tracing
begin if xeq_level[p]<>cur_level then
@y
label exit;
begin if eTeX_ex and(eqtb[p].int=w) then
  begin assign_trace(p,"reassigning")@;@/
  return;
  end;
assign_trace(p,"changing")@;@/
if xeq_level[p]<>cur_level then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.278 l.5996 eq_word_define - e-TeX tracing
end;
@y
assign_trace(p,"into")@;@/
exit:end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.279 l.6005 geq_define - e-TeX tracing
begin eq_destroy(eqtb[p]);
eq_level(p):=level_one; eq_type(p):=t; equiv(p):=e;
@y
begin assign_trace(p,"globally changing")@;@/
begin eq_destroy(eqtb[p]);
eq_level(p):=level_one; eq_type(p):=t; equiv(p):=e;
end;
assign_trace(p,"into")@;@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.279 l.6010 geq_word_define - e-TeX tracing
begin eqtb[p].int:=w; xeq_level[p]:=level_one;
@y
begin assign_trace(p,"globally changing")@;@/
begin eqtb[p].int:=w; xeq_level[p]:=level_one;
end;
assign_trace(p,"into")@;@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.281 l.6027 - e-TeX tracing
@p@t\4@>@<Declare the procedure called |restore_trace|@>@;@/
@y
@p
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.281 l.6034 unsave - e-TeX optimized \aftergroup
begin if cur_level>level_one then
@y
@!a:boolean; {have we already processed an \.{\\aftergroup} ?}
begin a:=false;
if cur_level>level_one then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.282 l.6048 - e-TeX sparse arrays
  else  begin if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_old_value then
@y
  else if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_sa then
    begin sa_restore; sa_chain:=p; sa_level:=save_level(save_ptr);
    end
  else  begin if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_old_value then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.282 l.6056 - e-TeX tracing
done: cur_group:=save_level(save_ptr); cur_boundary:=save_index(save_ptr)
@y
done: @!stat if tracing_groups>0 then group_trace(true);@+tats@;@/
if grp_stack[in_open]=cur_boundary then group_warning;
  {groups possibly not properly nested with files}
cur_group:=save_level(save_ptr); cur_boundary:=save_index(save_ptr);
if eTeX_ex then decr(save_ptr)
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [19] m.284 l.6082 - e-TeX tracing
@ @<Declare the procedure called |restore_trace|@>=
@y
@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [20] m.289 l.6170 - e-TeX protected
@d end_match_token=@'7000 {$2^8\cdot|end_match|$}
@y
@d end_match_token=@'7000 {$2^8\cdot|end_match|$}
@d protected_token=@'7001 {$2^8\cdot|end_match|+1$}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [20] m.294 l.6295 - e-TeX protected
end_match: print("->");
@y
end_match: if c=0 then print("->");
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [20] m.296 l.6316 print_meaning - e-TeX marks
else if cur_cmd=top_bot_mark then
@y
else if (cur_cmd=top_bot_mark)and(cur_chr<marks_code) then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [21] m.298 l.6390 print_cmd_chr - e-TeX protected
procedure print_cmd_chr(@!cmd:quarterword;@!chr_code:halfword);
@y
procedure print_cmd_chr(@!cmd:quarterword;@!chr_code:halfword);
var n:integer; {temp variable}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [21] m.299 l.6409 show_cur_cmd_chr - e-TeX tracing
@p procedure show_cur_cmd_chr;
@y
@p procedure show_cur_cmd_chr;
var n:integer; {level of \.{\\if...\\fi} nesting}
@!l:integer; {line where \.{\\if} started}
@!p:pointer;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [21] m.299 l.6414 show_cur_cmd_chr - e-TeX tracing
print_cmd_chr(cur_cmd,cur_chr); print_char("}");
@y
print_cmd_chr(cur_cmd,cur_chr);
if tracing_ifs>0 then
  if cur_cmd>=if_test then if cur_cmd<=fi_or_else then
    begin print(": ");
    if cur_cmd=fi_or_else then
      begin print_cmd_chr(if_test,cur_if); print_char(" ");
      n:=0; l:=if_line;
      end
    else  begin n:=1; l:=line;
      end;
    p:=cond_ptr;
    while p<>null do
      begin incr(n); p:=link(p);
      end;
    print("(level "); print_int(n); print_char(")"); print_if_line(l);
    end;
print_char("}");
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [22] m.303 l.6490 show_context - e-TeX scan_tokens
the terminal, under control of the procedure |read_toks|.)
@y
the terminal, under control of the procedure |read_toks|.)
Finally |18<=name<=19| indicates that we are reading a pseudo file
created by the \.{\\scantokens} command.
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [22] m.307 l.6687 - e-TeX basic, every_eof
only if |token_type>=macro|.
@^reference counts@>
@y
only if |token_type>=macro|.
@^reference counts@>

Since \eTeX's additional token list parameters precede |toks_base|, the
corresponding token types must precede |write_text|.
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [22] m.307 l.6708 - e-TeX basic
@d write_text=15 {|token_type| code for \.{\\write}}
@y
@#
@d eTeX_text_offset=output_routine_loc-output_text
@d every_eof_text=every_eof_loc-eTeX_text_offset
  {|token_type| code for \.{\\everyeof}}
@#
@d write_text=toks_base-eTeX_text_offset {|token_type| code for \.{\\write}}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [22] m.311 l.6764 show_context - e-TeX scan_tokens
    if (name>17) or (base_ptr=0) then bottom_line:=true;
@y
    if (name>19) or (base_ptr=0) then bottom_line:=true;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [22] m.313 l.6809 - e-TeX scan_tokens
else  begin print_nl("l."); print_int(line);
@y
else  begin print_nl("l.");
  if index=in_open then print_int(line)
  else print_int(line_stack[index+1]); {input from a pseudo file}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [22] m.314 l.6831 - e-TeX basic
write_text: print_nl("<write> ");
@y
every_eof_text: print_nl("<everyeof> ");
write_text: print_nl("<write> ");
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [23] m.326 l.7024 - e-TeX optimized \aftergroup
begin t:=cur_tok; cur_tok:=p; back_input; cur_tok:=t;
@y
begin t:=cur_tok; cur_tok:=p;
if a then
  begin p:=get_avail; info(p):=cur_tok; link(p):=loc; loc:=p; start:=p;
  if cur_tok<right_brace_limit then
    if cur_tok<left_brace_limit then decr(align_state)
    else incr(align_state);
  end
else  begin back_input; a:=eTeX_ex;
  end;
cur_tok:=t;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [23] m.328 l.7052 begin_file_reading - e-TeX every_eof, tracing_nesting
incr(in_open); push_input; index:=in_open;
@y
incr(in_open); push_input; index:=in_open;
eof_seen[index]:=false;
grp_stack[index]:=cur_boundary; if_stack[index]:=cond_ptr;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [23] m.329 l.7062 end_file_reading - e-TeX scan_tokens
if name>17 then a_close(cur_file); {forget it}
@y
if (name=18)or(name=19) then pseudo_close else
if name>17 then a_close(cur_file); {forget it}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [23] m.331 l.7081 - e-TeX tracing_nesting
in_open:=0; open_parens:=0; max_buf_stack:=0;
@y
in_open:=0; open_parens:=0; max_buf_stack:=0;
grp_stack[0]:=0; if_stack[0]:=null;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [24] m.362 l.7553 - e-TeX scan_tokens, every_eof
if not force_eof then
@y
if not force_eof then
  if name<=19 then
    begin if pseudo_input then {not end of file}
      firm_up_the_line {this sets |limit|}
    else if (every_eof<>null)and not eof_seen[index] then
      begin limit:=first-1; eof_seen[index]:=true; {fake one empty line}
      begin_token_list(every_eof,every_eof_text); goto restart;
      end
    else force_eof:=true;
    end
  else
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [24] m.362 l.7556 - e-TeX every_eof
  else force_eof:=true;
@y
  else if (every_eof<>null)and not eof_seen[index] then
    begin limit:=first-1; eof_seen[index]:=true; {fake one empty line}
    begin_token_list(every_eof,every_eof_text); goto restart;
    end
  else force_eof:=true;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [24] m.362 l.7559 - e-TeX scan_tokens
  begin print_char(")"); decr(open_parens);
  update_terminal; {show user that file has been read}
@y
  begin if tracing_nesting>0 then
    if (grp_stack[in_open]<>cur_boundary)or@|
        (if_stack[in_open]<>cond_ptr) then file_warning;
    {give warning for some unfinished groups and/or conditionals}
  if name>=19 then
  begin print_char(")"); decr(open_parens);
  update_terminal; {show user that file has been read}
  end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [25] m.366 l.7643 - e-TeX basic
@t\4@>@<Declare the procedure called |insert_relax|@>@;@/
@y
@t\4@>@<Declare the procedure called |insert_relax|@>@;@/
@t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for expanding@>@;@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [25] m.366 l.7650 expand - e-TeX cond
procedure expand;
@y
procedure expand;
label reswitch;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [25] m.366 l.7661 expand - e-TeX cond
if cur_cmd<call then @<Expand a nonmacro@>
@y
reswitch:
if cur_cmd<call then @<Expand a nonmacro@>
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [25] m.367 l.7672 - e-TeX cond
expand_after:@<Expand the token after the next token@>;
@y
expand_after:if cur_chr=0 then @<Expand the token after the next token@>
  else @<Negate a boolean conditional and |goto reswitch|@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [25] m.377 l.7792 - e-TeX scan_tokens
input: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("input")@+else print_esc("endinput");
@y
input: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("input")
  @/@<Cases of |input| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
  else print_esc("endinput");
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [25] m.378 l.7795 - e-TeX scan_tokens
if cur_chr>0 then force_eof:=true
@y
if cur_chr=1 then force_eof:=true
@/@<Cases for |input|@>@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [25] m.382 l.7851 - e-TeX marks
@d top_mark_code=0 {the mark in effect at the previous page break}
@y
@d marks_code==5 {add this for \.{\\topmarks} etc.}
@#
@d top_mark_code=0 {the mark in effect at the previous page break}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [25] m.385 l.7883 - e-TeX marks
top_bot_mark: case chr_code of
@y
top_bot_mark: begin case (chr_code mod marks_code) of
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [25] m.385 l.7889 - e-TeX marks
  endcases;
@y
  endcases;
  if chr_code>=marks_code then print_char("s");
  end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [25] m.386 l.7895 - e-TeX marks
begin if cur_mark[cur_chr]<>null then
  begin_token_list(cur_mark[cur_chr],mark_text);
@y
begin t:=cur_chr mod marks_code;
if cur_chr>=marks_code then scan_register_num@+else cur_val:=0;
if cur_val=0 then cur_ptr:=cur_mark[t]
else @<Compute the mark pointer for mark type |t| and class |cur_val|@>;
if cur_ptr<>null then begin_token_list(cur_ptr,mark_text);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [25] m.389 l.7958 macro_call - e-TeX protected
if info(r)<>end_match_token then
@y
if info(r)=protected_token then r:=link(r);
if info(r)<>end_match_token then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.409 l.8270 - e-TeX basic
@t\4\4@>@<Declare procedures that scan font-related stuff@>
@y
@t\4\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for scanning@>@;
@t\4\4@>@<Declare procedures that scan font-related stuff@>
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.411 l.8314 - e-TeX sparse arrays
|glue_val|, or |mu_val|.
@y
|glue_val|, or |mu_val| more than |mem_bot| (dynamic variable-size nodes
cannot have these values)
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.411 l.8317 - e-TeX sparse arrays
primitive("count",register,int_val);
@!@:count_}{\.{\\count} primitive@>
primitive("dimen",register,dimen_val);
@!@:dimen_}{\.{\\dimen} primitive@>
primitive("skip",register,glue_val);
@!@:skip_}{\.{\\skip} primitive@>
primitive("muskip",register,mu_val);
@y
primitive("count",register,mem_bot+int_val);
@!@:count_}{\.{\\count} primitive@>
primitive("dimen",register,mem_bot+dimen_val);
@!@:dimen_}{\.{\\dimen} primitive@>
primitive("skip",register,mem_bot+glue_val);
@!@:skip_}{\.{\\skip} primitive@>
primitive("muskip",register,mem_bot+mu_val);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.412 l.8327 - e-TeX sparse arrays
register: if chr_code=int_val then print_esc("count")
  else if chr_code=dimen_val then print_esc("dimen")
  else if chr_code=glue_val then print_esc("skip")
  else print_esc("muskip");
@y
register: @<Cases of |register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.413 l.8343 scan_something_internal - e-TeX basic
var m:halfword; {|chr_code| part of the operand token}
@y
label exit;
var m:halfword; {|chr_code| part of the operand token}
@!q,@!r:pointer; {general purpose indices}
@!tx:pointer; {effective tail node}
@!i:four_quarters; {character info}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.413 l.8369 scan_something_internal - e-TeX basic
end;
@y
exit:end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.415 l.8390 - e-TeX sparse arrays
    begin scan_eight_bit_int; m:=toks_base+cur_val;
    end;
  scanned_result(equiv(m))(tok_val);
@y
    if m=mem_bot then
      begin scan_register_num;
      if cur_val<256 then cur_val:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val)
      else  begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false);
        if cur_ptr=null then cur_val:=null
        else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
        end;
      end
    else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m)
  else cur_val:=equiv(m);
  cur_val_level:=tok_val;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.416 l.8405 - e-TeX basic
|glue_val|, |input_line_no_code|, or |badness_code|.
@y
|glue_val|, |input_line_no_code|, or |badness_code|.
\eTeX\ inserts |last_node_type_code| after |glue_val| and adds
the codes for its extensions: |eTeX_version_code|, \dots\ .
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.416 l.8407 - e-TeX basic
@d input_line_no_code=glue_val+1 {code for \.{\\inputlineno}}
@d badness_code=glue_val+2 {code for \.{\\badness}}
@y
@d last_node_type_code=glue_val+1 {code for \.{\\lastnodetype}}
@d input_line_no_code=glue_val+2 {code for \.{\\inputlineno}}
@d badness_code=input_line_no_code+1 {code for \.{\\badness}}
@#
@d eTeX_int=badness_code+1 {first of \eTeX\ codes for integers}
@d eTeX_dim=eTeX_int+8 {first of \eTeX\ codes for dimensions}
@d eTeX_glue=eTeX_dim+9 {first of \eTeX\ codes for glue}
@d eTeX_mu=eTeX_glue+1 {first of \eTeX\ codes for muglue}
@d eTeX_expr=eTeX_mu+1 {first of \eTeX\ codes for expressions}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.417 l.8440 - e-TeX interaction_mode
@+else print_esc("insertpenalties");
@y
@/@<Cases of |set_page_int| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
@+else print_esc("insertpenalties");
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.417 l.8449 - e-TeX basic
  othercases print_esc("badness")
@y
  @/@<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
  othercases print_esc("badness")
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.419 l.8469 - e-TeX interaction_mode
begin if m=0 then cur_val:=dead_cycles@+else cur_val:=insert_penalties;
@y
begin if m=0 then cur_val:=dead_cycles
@/@<Cases for `Fetch the |dead_cycles| or the |insert_penalties|'@>@/
else cur_val:=insert_penalties;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.420 l.8474 - e-TeX sparse arrays
begin scan_eight_bit_int;
if box(cur_val)=null then cur_val:=0 @+else cur_val:=mem[box(cur_val)+m].sc;
@y
begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(q);
if q=null then cur_val:=0 @+else cur_val:=mem[q+m].sc;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.423 l.8499 - e-TeX penalties
begin if par_shape_ptr=null then cur_val:=0
@y
begin if m>par_shape_loc then @<Fetch a penalties array element@>
else if par_shape_ptr=null then cur_val:=0
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.424 l.8504 - e-TeX \lastnodetype
@ Here is where \.{\\lastpenalty}, \.{\\lastkern}, and \.{\\lastskip} are
@y
@ Here is where \.{\\lastpenalty}, \.{\\lastkern}, \.{\\lastskip}, and
\.{\\lastnodetype} are
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.424 l.8508 - e-TeX TeXXeT
legal in similar contexts.
@y
legal in similar contexts.

The macro |find_effective_tail_eTeX| sets |tx| to the last non-\.{\\endM}
node of the current list.
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.424 l.8510 - e-TeX TeXXeT
@<Fetch an item in the current node...@>=
@y
@d find_effective_tail_eTeX==
tx:=tail;
if not is_char_node(tx) then
  if (type(tx)=math_node)and(subtype(tx)=end_M_code) then
    begin r:=head;
    repeat q:=r; r:=link(q);
    until r=tx;
    tx:=q;
    end
@#
@d find_effective_tail==find_effective_tail_eTeX

@<Fetch an item in the current node...@>=
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.424 l.8511 - e-TeX basic
if cur_chr>glue_val then
@y
if m>=input_line_no_code then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.424 l.8512 - e-TeX basic
  begin if cur_chr=input_line_no_code then cur_val:=line
  else cur_val:=last_badness; {|cur_chr=badness_code|}
@y
 if m>=eTeX_glue then @<Process an expression and |return|@>@;
 else if m>=eTeX_dim then
  begin case m of
  @/@<Cases for fetching a dimension value@>@/
  end; {there are no other cases}
  cur_val_level:=dimen_val;
  end
 else begin case m of
  input_line_no_code: cur_val:=line;
  badness_code: cur_val:=last_badness;
  @/@<Cases for fetching an integer value@>@/
  end; {there are no other cases}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.424 l.8517 - e-TeX last_node_type
  cur_val_level:=cur_chr;
  if not is_char_node(tail)and(mode<>0) then
    case cur_chr of
    int_val: if type(tail)=penalty_node then cur_val:=penalty(tail);
    dimen_val: if type(tail)=kern_node then cur_val:=width(tail);
    glue_val: if type(tail)=glue_node then
      begin cur_val:=glue_ptr(tail);
      if subtype(tail)=mu_glue then cur_val_level:=mu_val;
      end;
    end {there are no other cases}
  else if (mode=vmode)and(tail=head) then
@y
  find_effective_tail;
  if cur_chr=last_node_type_code then
    begin cur_val_level:=int_val;
    if (tx=head)or(mode=0) then cur_val:=-1;
    end
  else cur_val_level:=cur_chr;
  if not is_char_node(tx)and(mode<>0) then
    case cur_chr of
    int_val: if type(tx)=penalty_node then cur_val:=penalty(tx);
    dimen_val: if type(tx)=kern_node then cur_val:=width(tx);
    glue_val: if type(tx)=glue_node then
      begin cur_val:=glue_ptr(tx);
      if subtype(tx)=mu_glue then cur_val_level:=mu_val;
      end;
    last_node_type_code: if type(tx)<=unset_node then cur_val:=type(tx)+1
      else cur_val:=unset_node+2;
    end {there are no other cases}
  else if (mode=vmode)and(tx=head) then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.424 l.8531 - e-TeX last_node_type
    glue_val: if last_glue<>max_halfword then cur_val:=last_glue;
@y
    glue_val: if last_glue<>max_halfword then cur_val:=last_glue;
    last_node_type_code: cur_val:=last_node_type;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.427 l.8547 - e-TeX sparse arrays
begin scan_eight_bit_int;
case m of
@y
begin if (m<mem_bot)or(m>lo_mem_stat_max) then
  begin cur_val_level:=sa_type(m);
  if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(m)
  else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m);
  end
else  begin scan_register_num; cur_val_level:=m-mem_bot;
  if cur_val>255 then
    begin find_sa_element(cur_val_level,cur_val,false);
    if cur_ptr=null then
      if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=0
      else cur_val:=zero_glue
    else if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(cur_ptr)
    else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
    end
  else
  case cur_val_level of
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.427 l.8554 - e-TeX sparse arrays
cur_val_level:=m;
@y
  end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [26] m.461 l.9082 - e-TeX expr
exit:end;
@y
exit:end;
@#
@<Declare procedures needed for expressions@>@;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [27] m.464 l.9141 - e-TeX basic
@p function str_toks(@!b:pool_pointer):pointer;
@y
@p @t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for token lists@>@;@/
function str_toks(@!b:pool_pointer):pointer;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [27] m.465 l.9166 the_toks - e-TeX unexpanded
@p function the_toks:pointer;
@y
@p function the_toks:pointer;
label exit;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [27] m.465 l.9170 the_toks - e-TeX unexpanded
begin get_x_token; scan_something_internal(tok_val,false);
@y
@!c:small_number; {value of |cur_chr|}
begin @<Handle \.{\\unexpanded} or \.{\\detokenize} and |return|@>;@/
get_x_token; scan_something_internal(tok_val,false);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [27] m.465 l.9184 the_toks - e-TeX unexpanded
end;
@y
exit:end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [27] m.468 l.9207 - e-TeX basic
@d number_code=0 {command code for \.{\\number}}
@y
\eTeX\ adds \.{\\eTeXrevision} such that |job_name_code| remains last.

@d number_code=0 {command code for \.{\\number}}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [27] m.468 l.9212 - e-TeX basic
@d job_name_code=5 {command code for \.{\\jobname}}
@y
@d etex_convert_base=5 {base for \eTeX's command codes}
@d eTeX_revision_code=etex_convert_base {command code for \.{\\eTeXrevision}}
@d etex_convert_codes=etex_convert_base+1 {end of \eTeX's command codes}
@d job_name_code=etex_convert_codes {command code for \.{\\jobname}}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [27] m.469 l.9235 - e-TeX basic
  othercases print_esc("jobname")
@y
  eTeX_revision_code: print_esc("eTeXrevision");
  othercases print_esc("jobname")
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [27] m.471 l.9260 - e-TeX basic
job_name_code: if job_name=0 then open_log_file;
@y
eTeX_revision_code: do_nothing;
job_name_code: if job_name=0 then open_log_file;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [27] m.472 l.9276 - e-TeX basic
job_name_code: print(job_name);
@y
eTeX_revision_code: print(eTeX_revision);
job_name_code: print(job_name);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [27] m.478 l.9386 - e-TeX protected
  if cur_cmd<=max_command then goto done2;
@y
  if cur_cmd>=call then
    if info(link(cur_chr))=protected_token then
      begin cur_cmd:=relax; cur_chr:=no_expand_flag;
      end;
  if cur_cmd<=max_command then goto done2;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [27] m.482 l.9434 read_toks - e-TeX read_line
@p procedure read_toks(@!n:integer;@!r:pointer);
@y
@p procedure read_toks(@!n:integer;@!r:pointer;@!j:halfword);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [27] m.483 l.9460 - e-TeX read_line
loop@+  begin get_token;
@y
@<Handle \.{\\readline} and |goto done|@>;@/
loop@+  begin get_token;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [28] m.487 l.9512 - e-TeX cond
@d if_char_code=0 { `\.{\\if}' }
@y
@d unless_code=32 {amount added for `\.{\\unless}' prefix}
@#
@d if_char_code=0 { `\.{\\if}' }
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [28] m.488 l.9567 - e-TeX cond
if_test: case chr_code of
@y
if_test: begin if chr_code>=unless_code then print_esc("unless");
case chr_code mod unless_code of
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [28] m.488 l.9584 - e-TeX cond
  othercases print_esc("if")
  endcases;
@y
  @/@<Cases of |if_test| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
  othercases print_esc("if")
  endcases;
end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [28] m.494 l.9658 pass_text - e-TeX tracing
done: scanner_status:=save_scanner_status;
@y
done: scanner_status:=save_scanner_status;
if tracing_ifs>0 then show_cur_cmd_chr;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [28] m.496 l.9674 - e-TeX tracing_nesting
begin p:=cond_ptr; if_line:=if_line_field(p);
@y
begin if if_stack[in_open]=cond_ptr then if_warning;
  {conditionals possibly not properly nested with files}
p:=cond_ptr; if_line:=if_line_field(p);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [28] m.498 l.9711 conditional - e-TeX cond
begin @<Push the condition stack@>;@+save_cond_ptr:=cond_ptr;this_if:=cur_chr;@/
@<Either process \.{\\ifcase} or set |b| to the value of a boolean condition@>;
@y
@!is_unless:boolean; {was this if preceded by `\.{\\unless}' ?}
begin if tracing_ifs>0 then if tracing_commands<=1 then show_cur_cmd_chr;
@<Push the condition stack@>;@+save_cond_ptr:=cond_ptr;
is_unless:=(cur_chr>=unless_code); this_if:=cur_chr mod unless_code;@/
@<Either process \.{\\ifcase} or set |b| to the value of a boolean condition@>;
if is_unless then b:=not b;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [28] m.501 l.9754 - e-TeX cond
if_false_code: b:=false;
@y
if_false_code: b:=false;
@/@<Cases for |conditional|@>@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [28] m.505 l.9793 - e-TeX sparse arrays
begin scan_eight_bit_int; p:=box(cur_val);
@y
begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(p);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [28] m.510 l.9883 - e-TeX cond
if cur_chr>if_limit then
@y
begin if tracing_ifs>0 then if tracing_commands<=1 then show_cur_cmd_chr;
if cur_chr>if_limit then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [28] m.510 l.9894 - e-TeX cond
  end
@y
  end;
end
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [29] m.536 l.10348 - e-TeX basic
print_two(sys_time div 60); print_char(":"); print_two(sys_time mod 60);
@y
print_two(sys_time div 60); print_char(":"); print_two(sys_time mod 60);
if eTeX_ex then
  begin; wlog_cr; wlog('entering extended mode');
  end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [30] m.581 l.11282 char_warning - e-TeX tracing
begin if tracing_lost_chars>0 then
@y
var old_setting: integer; {saved value of |tracing_online|}
begin if tracing_lost_chars>0 then
 begin old_setting:=tracing_online;
 if eTeX_ex and(tracing_lost_chars>1) then tracing_online:=1;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [30] m.581 l.11289 char_warning - e-TeX tracing
end;
@y
 tracing_online:=old_setting;
 end;
end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.616 l.12257 - e-TeX TeXXeT
this is essentially the depth of |push| commands in the \.{DVI} output.
@y
this is essentially the depth of |push| commands in the \.{DVI} output.

For mixed direction text (\TeXXeT) the current text direction is called
|cur_dir|. As the box being shipped out will never be used again and
soon be recycled, we can simply reverse any R-text (i.e., right-to-left)
segments of hlist nodes as well as complete hlist nodes embedded in such
segments. Moreover this can be done iteratively rather than recursively.
There are, however, two complications related to leaders that require
some additional bookkeeping: (1)~One and the same hlist node might be
used more than once (but never inside both L- and R-text); and
(2)~leader boxes inside hlists must be aligned with respect to the left
edge of the original hlist.

A math node is changed into a kern node whenever the text direction
remains the same, it is replaced by an |edge_node| if the text direction
changes; the subtype of an an |hlist_node| inside R-text is changed to
|reversed| once its hlist has been reversed.
@!@^data structure assumptions@>
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.616 l.12259 - e-TeX TeXXeT
@d synch_h==if cur_h<>dvi_h then
@y
@d reversed=1 {subtype for an |hlist_node| whose hlist has been reversed}
@d dlist=2 {subtype for an |hlist_node| from display math mode}
@d box_lr(#) == (qo(subtype(#))) {direction mode of a box}
@d set_box_lr(#) ==  subtype(#):=set_box_lr_end
@d set_box_lr_end(#) == qi(#)
@#
@d left_to_right=0
@d right_to_left=1
@d reflected==1-cur_dir {the opposite of |cur_dir|}
@#
@d synch_h==if cur_h<>dvi_h then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.619 l.12327 hlist_out - e-TeX TeXXeT
@!edge:scaled; {left edge of sub-box, or right edge of leader space}
@y
@!edge:scaled; {right edge of sub-box or leader space}
@!prev_p:pointer; {one step behind |p|}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.619 l.12337 hlist_out - e-TeX TeXXeT
save_loc:=dvi_offset+dvi_ptr; base_line:=cur_v; left_edge:=cur_h;
@y
save_loc:=dvi_offset+dvi_ptr; base_line:=cur_v;
prev_p:=this_box+list_offset;
@<Initialize |hlist_out| for mixed direction typesetting@>;
left_edge:=cur_h;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.619 l.12340 hlist_out - e-TeX TeXXeT
prune_movements(save_loc);
@y
@<Finish |hlist_out| for mixed direction typesetting@>;
prune_movements(save_loc);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.620 l.12359 - e-TeX TeXXeT
  p:=link(p);
@y
  prev_p:=link(prev_p); {N.B.: not |prev_p:=p|, |p| might be |lig_trick|}
  p:=link(p);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.622 l.12384 - e-TeX TeXXeT
kern_node,math_node:cur_h:=cur_h+width(p);
@y
kern_node:cur_h:=cur_h+width(p);
math_node: @<Handle a math node in |hlist_out|@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.622 l.12386 - e-TeX TeXXeT
othercases do_nothing
@y
@/@<Cases of |hlist_out| that arise in mixed direction text only@>@;
othercases do_nothing
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.622 l.12391 - e-TeX TeXXeT
next_p:p:=link(p);
@y
next_p:prev_p:=p; p:=link(p);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.623 l.12398 - e-TeX TeXXeT
  temp_ptr:=p; edge:=cur_h;
@y
  temp_ptr:=p; edge:=cur_h+width(p);
  if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=edge;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.623 l.12401 - e-TeX TeXXeT
  cur_h:=edge+width(p); cur_v:=base_line;
@y
  cur_h:=edge; cur_v:=base_line;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.625 l.12419 - e-TeX TeXXeT
           glue_temp:=-billion

@<Move right or output leaders@>=
begin g:=glue_ptr(p); rule_wd:=width(g)-cur_g;
@y
           glue_temp:=-billion
@#
@d round_glue==g:=glue_ptr(p); rule_wd:=width(g)-cur_g;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.625 l.12438 - e-TeX TeXXeT
rule_wd:=rule_wd+cur_g;
@y
rule_wd:=rule_wd+cur_g

@<Move right or output leaders@>=
begin round_glue;
if eTeX_ex then @<Handle a glue node for mixed direction typesetting@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.626 l.12454 - e-TeX TeXXeT
  edge:=cur_h+rule_wd; lx:=0;
@y
  if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=cur_h-10;
  edge:=cur_h+rule_wd; lx:=0;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.626 l.12460 - e-TeX TeXXeT
  cur_h:=edge-10; goto next_p;
@y
  if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=edge
  else cur_h:=edge-10;
  goto next_p;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.628 l.12499 - e-TeX TeXXeT
synch_h; save_h:=dvi_h; temp_ptr:=leader_box;
@y
synch_h; save_h:=dvi_h; temp_ptr:=leader_box;
if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=cur_h+leader_wd;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.632 l.12573 - e-TeX TeXXeT
  cur_h:=left_edge+shift_amount(p); {shift the box right}
@y
  if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=left_edge-shift_amount(p)
  else cur_h:=left_edge+shift_amount(p); {shift the box right}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.633 l.12585 - e-TeX TeXXeT
  begin synch_h; synch_v;
  dvi_out(put_rule); dvi_four(rule_ht); dvi_four(rule_wd);
@y
  begin if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=cur_h-rule_wd;
  synch_h; synch_v;
  dvi_out(put_rule); dvi_four(rule_ht); dvi_four(rule_wd);
  cur_h:=left_edge;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.637 l.12651 - e-TeX TeXXeT
begin cur_h:=left_edge+shift_amount(leader_box); synch_h; save_h:=dvi_h;@/
@y
begin if cur_dir=right_to_left then
  cur_h:=left_edge-shift_amount(leader_box)
  else cur_h:=left_edge+shift_amount(leader_box);
synch_h; save_h:=dvi_h;@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [32] m.638 l.12688 ship_out - e-TeX TeXXeT
@<Ship box |p| out@>;
@y
@<Ship box |p| out@>;
if eTeX_ex then @<Check for LR anomalies at the end of |ship_out|@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [33] m.649 l.12909 hpack - e-TeX TeXXeT
h:=0; @<Clear dimensions to zero@>;
@y
h:=0; @<Clear dimensions to zero@>;
if TeXXeT_en then @<Initialize the LR stack@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [33] m.649 l.12919 hpack - e-TeX TeXXeT
exit: hpack:=r;
@y
exit: if TeXXeT_en then @<Check for LR anomalies at the end of |hpack|@>;
hpack:=r;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [33] m.651 l.12943 - e-TeX TeXXeT
  kern_node,math_node: x:=x+width(p);
@y
  kern_node: x:=x+width(p);
  math_node: begin x:=x+width(p);
    if TeXXeT_en then @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |hpack| routine@>;
    end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [34] m.687 l.13514 - e-TeX middle
\TeX's \.{\\left} and \.{\\right}. The |nucleus| of such noads is
@y
\TeX's \.{\\left} and \.{\\right} as well as \eTeX's \.{\\middle}.
The |nucleus| of such noads is
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [34] m.687 l.13531 - e-TeX middle
@d delimiter==nucleus {|delimiter| field in left and right noads}
@y
@d delimiter==nucleus {|delimiter| field in left and right noads}
@d middle_noad==1 {|subtype| of right noad representing \.{\\middle}}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [34] m.696 l.13704 - e-TeX middle
right_noad: begin print_esc("right"); print_delimiter(delimiter(p));
  end;
end;
if subtype(p)<>normal then
  if subtype(p)=limits then print_esc("limits")
  else print_esc("nolimits");
if type(p)<left_noad then print_subsidiary_data(nucleus(p),".");
@y
right_noad: begin if subtype(p)=normal then print_esc("right")
  else print_esc("middle");
  print_delimiter(delimiter(p));
  end;
end;
if type(p)<left_noad then
  begin if subtype(p)<>normal then
    if subtype(p)=limits then print_esc("limits")
    else print_esc("nolimits");
  print_subsidiary_data(nucleus(p),".");
  end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [36] m.727 l.14302 - e-TeX middle
done_with_noad: r:=q; r_type:=type(r);
@y
done_with_noad: r:=q; r_type:=type(r);
if r_type=right_noad then
  begin r_type:=left_noad; cur_style:=style; @<Set up the values...@>;
  end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [36] m.760 l.14963 - e-TeX middle
  r_type:=t;
@y
  if type(q)=right_noad then t:=open_noad;
  r_type:=t;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [36] m.762 l.15004 make_left_right - e-TeX middle
begin if style<script_style then cur_size:=text_size
else cur_size:=16*((style-text_style) div 2);
@y
begin cur_style:=style; @<Set up the values...@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [37] m.785 l.15495 align_peek - e-TeX protected
begin restart: align_state:=1000000; @<Get the next non-blank non-call token@>;
@y
begin restart: align_state:=1000000;
repeat get_x_or_protected;
until cur_cmd<>spacer;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [37] m.791 l.15606 fin_col - e-TeX protected
align_state:=1000000; @<Get the next non-blank non-call token@>;
@y
align_state:=1000000;
repeat get_x_or_protected;
until cur_cmd<>spacer;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [37] m.807 l.15868 - e-TeX TeXXeT
  begin type(q):=hlist_node; width(q):=width(p);
@y
  begin type(q):=hlist_node; width(q):=width(p);
  if nest[nest_ptr-1].mode_field=mmode then set_box_lr(q)(dlist); {for |ship_out|}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [37] m.808 l.15886 - e-TeX TeXXeT
n:=span_count(r); t:=width(s); w:=t; u:=hold_head;
@y
n:=span_count(r); t:=width(s); w:=t; u:=hold_head;
set_box_lr(r)(0); {for |ship_out|}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [38] m.814 l.16009 - e-TeX penalties
There is one explicit parameter:  |final_widow_penalty| is the amount of
additional penalty to be inserted before the final line of the paragraph.
@y
There is one explicit parameter:  |d| is true for partial paragraphs
preceding display math mode; in this case the amount of additional
penalty inserted before the final line is |display_widow_penalty|
instead of |widow_penalty|.
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [38] m.815 l.16036 line_break - e-TeX penalties
procedure line_break(@!final_widow_penalty:integer);
@y
procedure line_break(@!d:boolean);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [38] m.815 l.16046 - e-TeX basic
end;
@y
end;
@#
@t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for use by |main_control|@>
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [38] m.816 l.16066 - e-TeX last_line_fit
link(tail):=new_param_glue(par_fill_skip_code);
@y
link(tail):=new_param_glue(par_fill_skip_code);
last_line_fill:=link(tail);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [38] m.819 l.16131 - e-TeX last_line_fit
@d active_node_size=3 {number of words in active nodes}
@y
@d active_node_size_normal=3 {number of words in normal active nodes}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [38] m.827 l.16294 - e-TeX last_line_fit
background[6]:=shrink(q)+shrink(r);
@y
background[6]:=shrink(q)+shrink(r);
@<Check for special treatment of last line of paragraph@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [38] m.829 l.16345 try_break - e-TeX last_line_fit
label exit,done,done1,continue,deactivate;
@y
label exit,done,done1,continue,deactivate,found,not_found;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [38] m.845 l.16637 - e-TeX last_line_fit
total_demerits(q):=minimal_demerits[fit_class];
@y
total_demerits(q):=minimal_demerits[fit_class];
if do_last_line_fit then
  @<Store \(a)additional data in the new active node@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [38] m.846 l.16650 - e-TeX last_line_fit
print(" t="); print_int(total_demerits(q));
@y
print(" t="); print_int(total_demerits(q));
if do_last_line_fit then @<Print additional data in the new active node@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [38] m.851 l.16749 - e-TeX last_line_fit
if (b>inf_bad)or(pi=eject_penalty) then
@y
if do_last_line_fit then @<Adjust \(t)the additional data for last line@>;
found:
if (b>inf_bad)or(pi=eject_penalty) then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [38] m.852 l.16773 - e-TeX last_line_fit
  begin b:=0; fit_class:=decent_fit; {infinite stretch}
@y
  begin if do_last_line_fit then
    begin if cur_p=null then {the last line of a paragraph}
      @<Perform computations for last line and |goto found|@>;
    shortfall:=0;
    end;
  b:=0; fit_class:=decent_fit; {infinite stretch}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [38] m.855 l.16830 - e-TeX last_line_fit
  best_place[fit_class]:=break_node(r); best_pl_line[fit_class]:=l;
@y
  best_place[fit_class]:=break_node(r); best_pl_line[fit_class]:=l;
  if do_last_line_fit then
    @<Store \(a)additional data for this feasible break@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [39] m.863 l.17003 - e-TeX last_line_fit
  end;@+tats@/
@y
  end;@+tats@/
if do_last_line_fit then @<Adjust \(t)the final line of the paragraph@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [39] m.864 l.17014 - e-TeX last_line_fit
line_number(q):=prev_graf+1; total_demerits(q):=0; link(active):=q;
@y
line_number(q):=prev_graf+1; total_demerits(q):=0; link(active):=q;
if do_last_line_fit then
  @<Initialize additional fields of the first active node@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [39] m.866 l.17064 - e-TeX TeXXeT
math_node: begin auto_breaking:=(subtype(cur_p)=after); kern_break;
@y
math_node: begin if subtype(cur_p)<L_code then auto_breaking:=odd(subtype(cur_p));
  kern_break;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [39] m.876 l.17226 - e-TeX penalties
post_line_break(final_widow_penalty)
@y
post_line_break(d)
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [39] m.877 l.17240 post_line_break - e-TeX penalties
procedure post_line_break(@!final_widow_penalty:integer);
@y
procedure post_line_break(@!d:boolean);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [39] m.877 l.17250 post_line_break - e-TeX TeXXeT
begin @<Reverse the links of the relevant passive nodes, setting |cur_p| to the
@y
@!LR_ptr:pointer; {stack of LR codes}
begin LR_ptr:=LR_save;
@<Reverse the links of the relevant passive nodes, setting |cur_p| to the
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [39] m.877 l.17263 post_line_break - e-TeX TeXXeT
prev_graf:=best_line-1;
@y
prev_graf:=best_line-1;
LR_save:=LR_ptr;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [39] m.879 l.17293 - e-TeX TeXXeT
  r:=q; {now |type(q)=glue_node|, |kern_node|, |math_node|, or |penalty_node|}
@y
  r:=q; {now |type(q)=glue_node|, |kern_node|, |math_node|, or |penalty_node|}
  if type(q)=math_node then if TeXXeT_en then
    @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |post_line_break| routine@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [39] m.880 l.17310 - e-TeX TeXXeT
@<Modify the end of the line to reflect the nature of the break and to include
  \.{\\rightskip}; also set the proper value of |disc_break|@>;
@y
if TeXXeT_en then
  @<Insert LR nodes at the beginning of the current line and adjust
    the LR stack based on LR nodes in this line@>;
@<Modify the end of the line to reflect the nature of the break and to include
  \.{\\rightskip}; also set the proper value of |disc_break|@>;
if TeXXeT_en then @<Insert LR nodes at the end of the current line@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [39] m.881 l.17333 - e-TeX TeXXeT
    else if (type(q)=math_node)or(type(q)=kern_node) then width(q):=0;
@y
    else if type(q)=kern_node then width(q):=0
    else if type(q)=math_node then
      begin width(q):=0;
      if TeXXeT_en then @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |p...@>;
      end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [39] m.890 l.17427 - e-TeX penalties
  begin pen:=inter_line_penalty;
  if cur_line=prev_graf+1 then pen:=pen+club_penalty;
  if cur_line+2=best_line then pen:=pen+final_widow_penalty;
@y
  begin q:=inter_line_penalties_ptr;
  if q<>null then
    begin r:=cur_line;
    if r>penalty(q) then r:=penalty(q);
    pen:=penalty(q+r);
    end
  else pen:=inter_line_penalty;
  q:=club_penalties_ptr;
  if q<>null then
    begin r:=cur_line-prev_graf;
    if r>penalty(q) then r:=penalty(q);
    pen:=pen+penalty(q+r);
    end
  else if cur_line=prev_graf+1 then pen:=pen+club_penalty;
  if d then q:=display_widow_penalties_ptr
  else q:=widow_penalties_ptr;
  if q<>null then
    begin r:=best_line-cur_line-1;
    if r>penalty(q) then r:=penalty(q);
    pen:=pen+penalty(q+r);
    end
  else if cur_line+2=best_line then
    if d then pen:=pen+display_widow_penalty
    else pen:=pen+widow_penalty;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [40] m.891 l.17455 - e-TeX TeXXeT
implicit kern nodes, and $p_m$ is a glue or penalty or insertion or adjust
@y
implicit kern or text direction nodes, and $p_m$ is a glue or penalty or
insertion or adjust
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [40] m.891 l.17494 - e-TeX hyph_codes
cur_lang:=init_cur_lang; l_hyf:=init_l_hyf; r_hyf:=init_r_hyf;
@y
cur_lang:=init_cur_lang; l_hyf:=init_l_hyf; r_hyf:=init_r_hyf;
set_hyph_index;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [40] m.896 l.17557 - e-TeX TeXXeT
  else if (type(s)=kern_node)and(subtype(s)=normal) then goto continue
@y
  else if (type(s)=kern_node)and(subtype(s)=normal) then goto continue
  else if (type(s)=math_node)and(subtype(s)>=L_code) then goto continue
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [40] m.896 l.17563 - e-TeX hyph_codes
  if lc_code(c)<>0 then
    if (lc_code(c)=c)or(uc_hyph>0) then goto done2
@y
  set_lc_code(c);
  if hc[0]<>0 then
    if (hc[0]=c)or(uc_hyph>0) then goto done2
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [40] m.897 l.17580 - e-TeX hyph_codes
    if lc_code(c)=0 then goto done3;
    if hn=63 then goto done3;
    hb:=s; incr(hn); hu[hn]:=c; hc[hn]:=lc_code(c); hyf_bchar:=non_char;
@y
    set_lc_code(c);
    if hc[0]=0 then goto done3;
    if hn=63 then goto done3;
    hb:=s; incr(hn); hu[hn]:=c; hc[hn]:=hc[0]; hyf_bchar:=non_char;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [40] m.898 l.17606 - e-TeX hyph_codes
  if lc_code(c)=0 then goto done3;
  if j=63 then goto done3;
  incr(j); hu[j]:=c; hc[j]:=lc_code(c);@/
@y
  set_lc_code(c);
  if hc[0]=0 then goto done3;
  if j=63 then goto done3;
  incr(j); hu[j]:=c; hc[j]:=hc[0];@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [40] m.899 l.17623 - e-TeX TeXXeT
    othercases goto done1
@y
    math_node: if subtype(s)>=L_code then goto done4@+else goto done1;
    othercases goto done1
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [42] m.934 l.18245 new_hyph_exceptions - e-TeX hyph_codes
label reswitch, exit, found, not_found;
@y
label reswitch, exit, found, not_found, not_found1;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [42] m.934 l.18255 new_hyph_exceptions - e-TeX hyph_codes
set_cur_lang;
@y
set_cur_lang;
@!init if trie_not_ready then
  begin hyph_index:=0; goto not_found1;
  end;
tini@/
set_hyph_index;
not_found1:
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [42] m.937 l.18287 - e-TeX hyph_codes
else  begin if lc_code(cur_chr)=0 then
@y
else  begin set_lc_code(cur_chr);
  if hc[0]=0 then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [42] m.937 l.18295 - e-TeX hyph_codes
    begin incr(n); hc[n]:=lc_code(cur_chr);
@y
    begin incr(n); hc[n]:=hc[0];
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [43] m.952 l.18583 - e-TeX hyph_codes
trie_root:=compress_trie(trie_root); {identify equivalent subtries}
@y
hyph_root:=compress_trie(hyph_root);
trie_root:=compress_trie(trie_root); {identify equivalent subtries}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [43] m.958 l.18671 - e-TeX hyph_codes
if trie_root=0 then {no patterns were given}
@y
if trie_max=0 then {no patterns were given}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [43] m.958 l.18675 - e-TeX hyph_codes
else begin trie_fix(trie_root); {this fixes the non-holes in |trie|}
@y
else begin if hyph_root>0 then trie_fix(hyph_root);
  if trie_root>0 then trie_fix(trie_root); {this fixes the non-holes in |trie|}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [43] m.960 l.18718 new_patterns - e-TeX hyph_codes
  brace@>;
@y
  brace@>;
  if saving_hyph_codes>0 then
    @<Store hyphenation codes for current language@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [43] m.966 l.18825 init_trie - e-TeX hyph_codes
@<Move the data into |trie|@>;
@y
if hyph_root<>0 then @<Pack all stored |hyph_codes|@>;
@<Move the data into |trie|@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [44] m.968 l.18841 - e-TeX saved_items
whenever this is possible without backspacing.
@y
whenever this is possible without backspacing.

When the second argument |s| is |false| the deleted nodes are destroyed,
otherwise they are collected in a list starting at |split_disc|.
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [44] m.968 l.18848 prune_page_top - e-TeX saved_items
@p function prune_page_top(@!p:pointer):pointer; {adjust top after page break}
var prev_p:pointer; {lags one step behind |p|}
@!q:pointer; {temporary variable for list manipulation}
@y
@p function prune_page_top(@!p:pointer;@!s:boolean):pointer;
  {adjust top after page break}
var prev_p:pointer; {lags one step behind |p|}
@!q,@!r:pointer; {temporary variables for list manipulation}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [44] m.968 l.18859 prune_page_top - e-TeX saved_items
    link(prev_p):=p; flush_node_list(q);
@y
    link(prev_p):=p;
    if s then
      begin if split_disc=null then split_disc:=q@+else link(r):=q;
      r:=q;
      end
    else flush_node_list(q);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [44] m.977 l.19026 vsplit - e-TeX marks, sparse arrays
@p function vsplit(@!n:eight_bits; @!h:scaled):pointer;
@y
@p @t\4@>@<Declare the function called |do_marks|@>@;
function vsplit(@!n:halfword; @!h:scaled):pointer;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [44] m.977 l.19032 vsplit - e-TeX sparse arrays
begin v:=box(n);
@y
begin cur_val:=n; fetch_box(v);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [44] m.977 l.19033 vsplit - e-TeX marks, saved_items
if split_first_mark<>null then
@y
flush_node_list(split_disc); split_disc:=null;
if sa_mark<>null then
  if do_marks(vsplit_init,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null;
if split_first_mark<>null then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [44] m.977 l.19041 vsplit - e-TeX saved_items
q:=prune_page_top(q); p:=list_ptr(v); free_node(v,box_node_size);
@y
q:=prune_page_top(q,saving_vdiscards>0);
p:=list_ptr(v); free_node(v,box_node_size);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [44] m.977 l.19042 vsplit - e-TeX sparse arrays
if q=null then box(n):=null {the |eq_level| of the box stays the same}
else box(n):=vpack(q,natural);
@y
if q<>null then q:=vpack(q,natural);
change_box(q); {the |eq_level| of the box stays the same}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [44] m.979 l.19067 - e-TeX marks
    if split_first_mark=null then
@y
    if mark_class(p)<>0 then @<Update the current marks for |vsplit|@>
    else if split_first_mark=null then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [45] m.982 l.19201 - e-TeX last_node_type
The variables |last_penalty| and |last_kern| are similar.  And
@y
The variables |last_penalty|, |last_kern|, and |last_node_type|
are similar.  And
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [45] m.982 l.19214 - e-TeX last_node_type
@!last_kern:scaled; {used to implement \.{\\lastkern}}
@y
@!last_kern:scaled; {used to implement \.{\\lastkern}}
@!last_node_type:integer; {used to implement \.{\\lastnodetype}}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [45] m.991 l.19353 - e-TeX last_node_type
last_glue:=max_halfword; last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0;
@y
last_glue:=max_halfword; last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0;
last_node_type:=-1;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [45] m.996 l.19420 - e-TeX last_node_type
last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0;
@y
last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0;
last_node_type:=type(p)+1;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [45] m.999 l.19454 - e-TeX saved_items
link(contrib_head):=link(p); link(p):=null; flush_node_list(p)
@y
link(contrib_head):=link(p); link(p):=null;
if saving_vdiscards>0 then
  begin if page_disc=null then page_disc:=p@+else link(tail_page_disc):=p;
  tail_page_disc:=p;
  end
else flush_node_list(p)
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [45] m.1012 l.19697 fire_up - e-TeX marks
if bot_mark<>null then
@y
if sa_mark<>null then
  if do_marks(fire_up_init,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null;
if bot_mark<>null then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [45] m.1012 l.19705 fire_up - e-TeX marks
if (top_mark<>null)and(first_mark=null) then
@y
if sa_mark<>null then
  if do_marks(fire_up_done,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null;
if (top_mark<>null)and(first_mark=null) then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [45] m.1014 l.19742 - e-TeX marks
  else if type(p)=mark_node then @<Update the values of
@y
  else if type(p)=mark_node then
    if mark_class(p)<>0 then @<Update the current marks for |fire_up|@>
    else @<Update the values of
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [45] m.1021 l.19854 - e-TeX saved_items
    ins_ptr(p):=prune_page_top(broken_ptr(r));
@y
    ins_ptr(p):=prune_page_top(broken_ptr(r),false);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [45] m.1023 l.19890 - e-TeX saved_items
ship_out(box(255)); box(255):=null;
@y
flush_node_list(page_disc); page_disc:=null;
ship_out(box(255)); box(255):=null;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [45] m.1026 l.19932 - e-TeX saved_items
pop_nest; build_page;
@y
flush_node_list(page_disc); page_disc:=null;
pop_nest; build_page;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1070 l.20735 normal_paragraph - e-TeX penalties
if par_shape_ptr<>null then eq_define(par_shape_loc,shape_ref,null);
@y
if par_shape_ptr<>null then eq_define(par_shape_loc,shape_ref,null);
if inter_line_penalties_ptr<>null then
  eq_define(inter_line_penalties_loc,shape_ref,null);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1071 l.20756 - e-TeX sparse arrays
|box_flag+255| represent `\.{\\setbox0}' through `\.{\\setbox255}';
codes |box_flag+256| through |box_flag+511| represent `\.{\\global\\setbox0}'
through `\.{\\global\\setbox255}';
code |box_flag+512| represents `\.{\\shipout}'; and codes |box_flag+513|
through |box_flag+515| represent `\.{\\leaders}', `\.{\\cleaders}',
@y
|global_box_flag-1| represent `\.{\\setbox0}' through `\.{\\setbox32767}';
codes |global_box_flag| through |ship_out_flag-1| represent
`\.{\\global\\setbox0}' through `\.{\\global\\setbox32767}';
code |ship_out_flag| represents `\.{\\shipout}'; and codes |leader_flag|
through |leader_flag+2| represent `\.{\\leaders}', `\.{\\cleaders}',
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1071 l.20770 - e-TeX sparse arrays
@d ship_out_flag==box_flag+512 {context code for `\.{\\shipout}'}
@d leader_flag==box_flag+513 {context code for `\.{\\leaders}'}
@y
@d global_box_flag==@'10000100000 {context code for `\.{\\global\\setbox0}'}
@d ship_out_flag==@'10000200000  {context code for `\.{\\shipout}'}
@d leader_flag==@'10000200001  {context code for `\.{\\leaders}'}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1075 l.20853 box_end - e-TeX sparse arrays
var p:pointer; {|ord_noad| for new box in math mode}
@y
var p:pointer; {|ord_noad| for new box in math mode}
@!a:small_number; {global prefix}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1077 l.20891 - e-TeX sparse arrays
if box_context<box_flag+256 then
  eq_define(box_base-box_flag+box_context,box_ref,cur_box)
else geq_define(box_base-box_flag-256+box_context,box_ref,cur_box)
@y
begin if box_context<global_box_flag then
  begin cur_val:=box_context-box_flag; a:=0;
  end
else  begin cur_val:=box_context-global_box_flag; a:=4;
  end;
if cur_val<256 then define(box_base+cur_val,box_ref,cur_box)
else sa_def_box;
end
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1079 l.20920 begin_box - e-TeX TeXXeT
@!m:quarterword; {the length of a replacement list}
@y
@!r:pointer; {running behind |p|}
@!fm:boolean; {a final \.{\\beginM} \.{\\endM} node pair?}
@!tx:pointer; {effective tail node}
@!m:quarterword; {the length of a replacement list}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1079 l.20922 begin_box - e-TeX sparse arrays
@!n:eight_bits; {a box number}
begin case cur_chr of
box_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=box(cur_val);
  box(cur_val):=null; {the box becomes void, at the same level}
  end;
copy_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=copy_node_list(box(cur_val));
@y
@!n:halfword; {a box number}
begin case cur_chr of
box_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(cur_box);
  change_box(null); {the box becomes void, at the same level}
  end;
copy_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(q); cur_box:=copy_node_list(q);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1080 l.20940 - e-TeX TeXXeT
@<If the current list ends with a box node, delete it...@>=
@y
@d fetch_effective_tail_eTeX(#)== {extract |tx|,
  drop \.{\\beginM} \.{\\endM} pair}
q:=head; p:=null;
repeat r:=p; p:=q; fm:=false;
if not is_char_node(q) then
  if type(q)=disc_node then
    begin for m:=1 to replace_count(q) do p:=link(p);
    if p=tx then #;
    end
  else if (type(q)=math_node)and(subtype(q)=begin_M_code) then fm:=true;
q:=link(p);
until q=tx; {found |r|$\to$|p|$\to$|q=tx|}
q:=link(tx); link(p):=q; link(tx):=null;
if q=null then if fm then confusion("tail1")
@:this can't happen tail1}{\quad tail1@>
  else tail:=p
else if fm then {|r|$\to$|p=begin_M|$\to$|q=end_M|}
  begin tail:=r; link(r):=null; flush_node_list(p);@+end
@#
@d check_effective_tail(#)==find_effective_tail_eTeX
@d fetch_effective_tail==fetch_effective_tail_eTeX

@<If the current list ends with a box node, delete it...@>=
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1080 l.20950 - e-TeX TeXXeT
else  begin if not is_char_node(tail) then
    if (type(tail)=hlist_node)or(type(tail)=vlist_node) then
      @<Remove the last box, unless it's part of a discretionary@>;
  end;
@y
else  begin check_effective_tail(goto done);
  if not is_char_node(tx) then
    if (type(tx)=hlist_node)or(type(tx)=vlist_node) then
      @<Remove the last box, unless it's part of a discretionary@>;
  done:end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1081 l.20957 - e-TeX TeXXeT
begin q:=head;
repeat p:=q;
if not is_char_node(q) then if type(q)=disc_node then
  begin for m:=1 to replace_count(q) do p:=link(p);
  if p=tail then goto done;
  end;
q:=link(p);
until q=tail;
cur_box:=tail; shift_amount(cur_box):=0;
tail:=p; link(p):=null;
done:end
@y
begin fetch_effective_tail(goto done);
cur_box:=tx; shift_amount(cur_box):=0;
end
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1082 l.20972 - e-TeX sparse arrays
begin scan_eight_bit_int; n:=cur_val;
@y
begin scan_register_num; n:=cur_val;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1096 l.21156 - e-TeX penalties, TeXXeT
  else line_break(widow_penalty);
@y
  else line_break(false);
  if LR_save<>null then
    begin flush_list(LR_save); LR_save:=null;
    end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1101 l.21212 make_mark - e-TeX marks
begin p:=scan_toks(false,true); p:=get_node(small_node_size);
@y
@!c:halfword; {the mark class}
begin if cur_chr=0 then c:=0
else  begin scan_register_num; c:=cur_val;
  end;
p:=scan_toks(false,true); p:=get_node(small_node_size);
mark_class(p):=c;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1105 l.21246 delete_last - e-TeX TeXXeT
@!m:quarterword; {the length of a replacement list}
@y
@!r:pointer; {running behind |p|}
@!fm:boolean; {a final \.{\\beginM} \.{\\endM} node pair?}
@!tx:pointer; {effective tail node}
@!m:quarterword; {the length of a replacement list}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1105 l.21250 delete_last - e-TeX TeXXeT
else  begin if not is_char_node(tail) then if type(tail)=cur_chr then
    begin q:=head;
    repeat p:=q;
    if not is_char_node(q) then if type(q)=disc_node then
      begin for m:=1 to replace_count(q) do p:=link(p);
      if p=tail then return;
      end;
    q:=link(p);
    until q=tail;
    link(p):=null; flush_node_list(tail); tail:=p;
@y
else  begin check_effective_tail(return);
  if not is_char_node(tx) then if type(tx)=cur_chr then
    begin fetch_effective_tail(return);
    flush_node_list(tx);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1108 l.21299 - e-TeX saved_items
un_vbox: if chr_code=copy_code then print_esc("unvcopy")
@y
un_vbox: if chr_code=copy_code then print_esc("unvcopy")
  @<Cases of |un_vbox| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1110 l.21309 unpackage - e-TeX saved_items
label exit;
@y
label done, exit;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1110 l.21312 unpackage - e-TeX saved_items, sparse arrays
begin c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; p:=box(cur_val);
@y
begin if cur_chr>copy_code then @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>;
c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(p);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1110 l.21324 unpackage - e-TeX sparse arrays
else  begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p); box(cur_val):=null;
@y
else  begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p); change_box(null);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1110 l.21327 unpackage - e-TeX saved_items
while link(tail)<>null do tail:=link(tail);
@y
done:
while link(tail)<>null do tail:=link(tail);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [47] m.1130 l.21599 - e-TeX TeXXeT
vmode+halign,hmode+valign:init_align;
@y
vmode+halign:init_align;
hmode+valign:@<Cases of |main_control| for |hmode+valign|@>@; init_align;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1138 l.21678 init_math - e-TeX TeXXeT
procedure init_math;
label reswitch,found,not_found,done;
var w:scaled; {new or partial |pre_display_size|}
@y
@t\4@>@<Declare subprocedures for |init_math|@>@;
procedure init_math;
label reswitch,found,not_found,done;
var w:scaled; {new or partial |pre_display_size|}
@!j:pointer; {prototype box for display}
@!x:integer; {new |pre_display_direction|}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1145 l.21736 - e-TeX TeXXeT, penalties
begin if head=tail then {`\.{\\noindent\$\$}' or `\.{\$\${ }\$\$}'}
  begin pop_nest; w:=-max_dimen;
  end
else  begin line_break(display_widow_penalty);@/
@y
begin j:=null; w:=-max_dimen;
if head=tail then {`\.{\\noindent\$\$}' or `\.{\$\${ }\$\$}'}
  @<Prepare for display after an empty paragraph@>
else  begin line_break(true);@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1145 l.21749 - e-TeX TeXXeT
eq_word_define(dimen_base+pre_display_size_code,w);
@y
eq_word_define(dimen_base+pre_display_size_code,w);
LR_box:=j;
if eTeX_ex then eq_word_define(int_base+pre_display_direction_code,x);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1146 l.21757 - e-TeX TeXXeT
v:=shift_amount(just_box)+2*quad(cur_font); w:=-max_dimen;
p:=list_ptr(just_box);
@y
@<Prepare for display after a non-empty paragraph@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1146 l.21772 - e-TeX TeXXeT
done:
@y
done:
@<Finish the natural width computation@>
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1147 l.21783 - e-TeX TeXXeT
kern_node,math_node: d:=width(p);
@y
kern_node: d:=width(p);
@t\4@>@<Cases of `Let |d| be the natural width' that need special treatment@>@;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1185 l.22292 - e-TeX middle
  if type(q)<>left_noad then confusion("right");
@:this can't happen right}{\quad right@>
  info(numerator(incompleat_noad)):=link(q);
  link(q):=incompleat_noad; link(incompleat_noad):=p;
@y
  if (type(q)<>left_noad)or(delim_ptr=null) then confusion("right");
@:this can't happen right}{\quad right@>
  info(numerator(incompleat_noad)):=link(delim_ptr);
  link(delim_ptr):=incompleat_noad; link(incompleat_noad):=p;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1189 l.22337 - e-TeX middle
else print_esc("right");
@y
@/@<Cases of |left_right| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
else print_esc("right");
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1191 l.22346 math_left_right - e-TeX middle
begin t:=cur_chr;
if (t=right_noad)and(cur_group<>math_left_group) then
@y
@!q:pointer; {resulting mlist}
begin t:=cur_chr;
if (t<>left_noad)and(cur_group<>math_left_group) then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1191 l.22351 math_left_right - e-TeX middle
  if t=left_noad then
    begin push_math(math_left_group); link(head):=p; tail:=p;
    end
  else  begin p:=fin_mlist(p); unsave; {end of |math_left_group|}
@y
  if t=middle_noad then
    begin type(p):=right_noad; subtype(p):=middle_noad;
    end;
  if t=left_noad then q:=p
  else  begin q:=fin_mlist(p); unsave; {end of |math_left_group|}
    end;
  if t<>right_noad then
    begin push_math(math_left_group); link(head):=q; tail:=p;
    delim_ptr:=p;
    end
  else  begin
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1191 l.22357 math_left_right - e-TeX middle
    info(nucleus(tail)):=p;
@y
    info(nucleus(tail)):=q;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1192 l.22365 - e-TeX middle
  print_err("Extra "); print_esc("right");
@.Extra \\right.@>
  help1("I'm ignoring a \right that had no matching \left.");
@y
  print_err("Extra ");
  if t=middle_noad then
    begin print_esc("middle");
@.Extra \\middle.@>
    help1("I'm ignoring a \middle that had no matching \left.");
    end
  else  begin print_esc("right");
@.Extra \\right.@>
    help1("I'm ignoring a \right that had no matching \left.");
    end;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1194 l.22380 after_math - e-TeX TeXXeT
procedure after_math;
@y
@t\4@>@<Declare subprocedures for |after_math|@>@;
procedure after_math;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1194 l.22387 after_math - e-TeX TeXXeT
begin danger:=false;
@y
begin danger:=false;
@<Retrieve the prototype box@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1194 l.22394 after_math - e-TeX TeXXeT
  mlist_to_hlist; a:=hpack(link(temp_head),natural);
@y
  mlist_to_hlist; a:=hpack(link(temp_head),natural);
  set_box_lr(a)(dlist);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1194 l.22397 after_math - e-TeX TeXXeT
  danger:=false;
@y
  danger:=false;
  @<Retrieve the prototype box@>;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1199 l.22484 - e-TeX TeXXeT
w:=width(b); z:=display_width; s:=display_indent;
@y
w:=width(b); z:=display_width; s:=display_indent;
if pre_display_direction<0 then s:=-s-z;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1199 l.22499 - e-TeX TeXXeT
resume_after_display
@y
@<Flush the prototype box@>;
resume_after_display
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1202 l.22541 - e-TeX TeXXeT
d:=half(z-w);
@y
set_box_lr(b)(dlist);
d:=half(z-w);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1203 l.22562 - e-TeX TeXXeT
  begin shift_amount(a):=s; append_to_vlist(a);
@y
  begin app_display(j,a,0);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1204 l.22572 - e-TeX TeXXeT
shift_amount(b):=s+d; append_to_vlist(b)
@y
app_display(j,b,d)
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1205 l.22582 - e-TeX TeXXeT
  shift_amount(a):=s+z-width(a);
  append_to_vlist(a);
@y
  app_display(j,a,z-width(a));
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [48] m.1206 l.22601 - e-TeX TeXXeT
pop_nest;
@y
flush_node_list(LR_box);
pop_nest;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1208 l.22626 - e-TeX protected
control sequence can be defined to be `\.{\\long}' or `\.{\\outer}', and
it might or might not be expanded. The prefixes `\.{\\global}', `\.{\\long}',
@y
control sequence can be defined to be `\.{\\long}', `\.{\\protected}',
or `\.{\\outer}', and it might or might not be expanded. The prefixes
`\.{\\global}', `\.{\\long}', `\.{\\protected}',
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1209 l.22652 - e-TeX protected
  else print_esc("global");
@y
  @/@<Cases of |prefix| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
  else print_esc("global");
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1211 l.22714 prefixed_command - e-TeX tracing
    @<Discard erroneous prefixes and |return|@>;
@y
    @<Discard erroneous prefixes and |return|@>;
  if tracing_commands>2 then if eTeX_ex then show_cur_cmd_chr;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1212 l.22730 - e-TeX protected
help1("I'll pretend you didn't say \long or \outer or \global.");
@y
help1("I'll pretend you didn't say \long or \outer or \global.");
if eTeX_ex then help_line[0]:=@|
  "I'll pretend you didn't say \long or \outer or \global or \protected.";
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1213 l.22735 - e-TeX protected
if (cur_cmd<>def)and(a mod 4<>0) then
  begin print_err("You can't use `"); print_esc("long"); print("' or `");
  print_esc("outer"); print("' with `");
@y
if a>=8 then
  begin j:=protected_token; a:=a-8;
  end
else j:=0;
if (cur_cmd<>def)and((a mod 4<>0)or(j<>0)) then
  begin print_err("You can't use `"); print_esc("long"); print("' or `");
  print_esc("outer");
  help1("I'll pretend you didn't say \long or \outer here.");
  if eTeX_ex then
    begin  help_line[0]:=@|
      "I'll pretend you didn't say \long or \outer or \protected here.";
    print("' or `"); print_esc("protected");
    end;
  print("' with `");
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1213 l.22740 - e-TeX protected
  help1("I'll pretend you didn't say \long or \outer here.");
@y
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1218 l.22798 - e-TeX protected
  q:=scan_toks(true,e); define(p,call+(a mod 4),def_ref);
@y
  q:=scan_toks(true,e);
  if j<>0 then
    begin q:=get_avail; info(q):=j; link(q):=link(def_ref);
    link(def_ref):=q;
    end;
  define(p,call+(a mod 4),def_ref);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1221 l.22826 - e-TeX sparse arrays
  if cur_cmd>=call then add_token_ref(cur_chr);
@y
  if cur_cmd>=call then add_token_ref(cur_chr)
  else if (cur_cmd=register)or(cur_cmd=toks_register) then
    if (cur_chr<mem_bot)or(cur_chr>lo_mem_stat_max) then
      add_sa_ref(cur_chr);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1224 l.22889 - e-TeX sparse arrays
  othercases begin scan_eight_bit_int;
@y
  othercases begin scan_register_num;
    if cur_val>255 then
      begin j:=n-count_def_code; {|int_val..box_val|}
      if j>mu_val then j:=tok_val; {|int_val..mu_val| or |tok_val|}
      find_sa_element(j,cur_val,true); add_sa_ref(cur_ptr);
      if j=tok_val then j:=toks_register@+else j:=register;
      define(p,j,cur_ptr);
      end
    else
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1225 l.22902 - e-TeX read_line
read_to_cs: begin scan_int; n:=cur_val;
@y
read_to_cs: begin j:=cur_chr; scan_int; n:=cur_val;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1225 l.22911 - e-TeX read_line
  p:=cur_cs; read_toks(n,p); define(p,call,cur_val);
@y
  p:=cur_cs; read_toks(n,p,j); define(p,call,cur_val);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1226 l.22920 - e-TeX sparse arrays
  if cur_cmd=toks_register then
    begin scan_eight_bit_int; p:=toks_base+cur_val;
    end
  else p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots}
@y
  e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements}
  if cur_cmd=toks_register then
    if cur_chr=mem_bot then
      begin scan_register_num;
      if cur_val>255 then
        begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,true);
        cur_chr:=cur_ptr; e:=true;
        end
      else cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val;
      end
    else e:=true;
  p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1226 l.22930 - e-TeX sparse arrays
    begin define(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref);
    end
  else  begin if p=output_routine_loc then {enclose in curlies}
@y
    begin sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref);
    end
  else  begin if (p=output_routine_loc)and not e then {enclose in curlies}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1226 l.22938 - e-TeX sparse arrays
    define(p,call,def_ref);
@y
    sa_define(p,def_ref)(p,call,def_ref);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1227 l.22943 - e-TeX sparse arrays
begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then
  begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_cmd:=assign_toks; cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val;
  end;
if cur_cmd=assign_toks then
  begin q:=equiv(cur_chr);
  if q=null then define(p,undefined_cs,null)
  else  begin add_token_ref(q); define(p,call,q);
    end;
  goto done;
  end;
end
@y
if (cur_cmd=toks_register)or(cur_cmd=assign_toks) then
  begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then
    if cur_chr=mem_bot then
      begin scan_register_num;
      if cur_val<256 then q:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val)
      else  begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false);
        if cur_ptr=null then q:=null
        else q:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
        end;
      end
    else q:=sa_ptr(cur_chr)
  else q:=equiv(cur_chr);
  if q=null then sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null)
  else  begin add_token_ref(q); sa_define(p,q)(p,call,q);
    end;
  goto done;
  end
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1236 l.23059 do_register_command - e-TeX sparse arrays
begin q:=cur_cmd;
@y
@!e:boolean; {does |l| refer to a sparse array element?}
@!w:integer; {integer or dimen value of |l|}
begin q:=cur_cmd;
e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1236 l.23076 do_register_command - e-TeX sparse arrays
if p<glue_val then word_define(l,cur_val)
else  begin trap_zero_glue; define(l,glue_ref,cur_val);
@y
if p<glue_val then sa_word_define(l,cur_val)
else  begin trap_zero_glue; sa_define(l,cur_val)(l,glue_ref,cur_val);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1237 l.23098 - e-TeX sparse arrays
p:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int;
@y
if (cur_chr<mem_bot)or(cur_chr>lo_mem_stat_max) then
  begin l:=cur_chr; p:=sa_type(l); e:=true;
  end
else  begin p:=cur_chr-mem_bot; scan_register_num;
  if cur_val>255 then
    begin find_sa_element(p,cur_val,true); l:=cur_ptr; e:=true;
    end
  else
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1237 l.23105 - e-TeX sparse arrays
end;
found:
@y
  end;
end;
found: if p<glue_val then@+if e then w:=sa_int(l)@+else w:=eqtb[l].int
else if e then s:=sa_ptr(l)@+else s:=equiv(l)
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1238 l.23111 - e-TeX sparse arrays
  if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+eqtb[l].int;
@y
  if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+w;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1239 l.23118 - e-TeX sparse arrays
begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=equiv(l);
@y
begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=s;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1240 l.23138 - e-TeX sparse arrays
    if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(eqtb[l].int,cur_val)
    else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(eqtb[l].int,cur_val,0)
  else cur_val:=x_over_n(eqtb[l].int,cur_val)
else  begin s:=equiv(l); r:=new_spec(s);
@y
    if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(w,cur_val)
    else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(w,cur_val,0)
  else cur_val:=x_over_n(w,cur_val)
else  begin r:=new_spec(s);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1241 l.23160 - e-TeX sparse arrays
set_box: begin scan_eight_bit_int;
  if global then n:=256+cur_val@+else n:=cur_val;
  scan_optional_equals;
  if set_box_allowed then scan_box(box_flag+n)
@y
set_box: begin scan_register_num;
  if global then n:=global_box_flag+cur_val@+else n:=box_flag+cur_val;
  scan_optional_equals;
  if set_box_allowed then scan_box(n)
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1246 l.23231 alter_integer - e-TeX interaction_mode
var c:0..1; {0 for \.{\\deadcycles}, 1 for \.{\\insertpenalties}}
begin c:=cur_chr; scan_optional_equals; scan_int;
if c=0 then dead_cycles:=cur_val
@y
var c:small_number;
  {0 for \.{\\deadcycles}, 1 for \.{\\insertpenalties}, etc.}
begin c:=cur_chr; scan_optional_equals; scan_int;
if c=0 then dead_cycles:=cur_val
@/@<Cases for |alter_integer|@>@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1247 l.23240 alter_box_dimen - e-TeX sparse arrays
@!b:eight_bits; {box number}
begin c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; b:=cur_val; scan_optional_equals;
scan_normal_dimen;
if box(b)<>null then mem[box(b)+c].sc:=cur_val;
@y
@!b:pointer; {box register}
begin c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(b); scan_optional_equals;
scan_normal_dimen;
if b<>null then mem[b+c].sc:=cur_val;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1248 l.23249 - e-TeX penalties
set_shape: begin scan_optional_equals; scan_int; n:=cur_val;
  if n<=0 then p:=null
@y
set_shape: begin q:=cur_chr; scan_optional_equals; scan_int; n:=cur_val;
  if n<=0 then p:=null
  else if q>par_shape_loc then
    begin n:=(cur_val div 2)+1; p:=get_node(2*n+1); info(p):=n;
    n:=cur_val; mem[p+1].int:=n; {number of penalties}
    for j:=p+2 to p+n+1 do
      begin scan_int; mem[j].int:=cur_val; {penalty values}
      end;
    if not odd(n) then mem[p+n+2].int:=0; {unused}
    end
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1248 l.23259 - e-TeX penalties
  define(par_shape_loc,shape_ref,p);
@y
  define(q,shape_ref,p);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1260 l.23346 new_font - e-TeX tracing
common_ending: equiv(u):=f; eqtb[font_id_base+f]:=eqtb[u]; font_id_text(f):=t;
@y
common_ending: define(u,set_font,f); eqtb[font_id_base+f]:=eqtb[u]; font_id_text(f):=t;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1292 l.23633 - e-TeX show_groups
  show_lists_code:print_esc("showlists");
@y
  show_lists_code:print_esc("showlists");
  @<Cases of |xray| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@;@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1293 l.23640 show_whatever - e-TeX show_ifs
var p:pointer; {tail of a token list to show}
@y
var p:pointer; {tail of a token list to show}
@!t:small_number; {type of conditional being shown}
@!m:normal..or_code; {upper bound on |fi_or_else| codes}
@!l:integer; {line where that conditional began}
@!n:integer; {level of \.{\\if...\\fi} nesting}
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1293 l.23646 show_whatever - e-TeX show_groups
othercases @<Show the current value of some parameter or register,
@y
@<Cases for |show_whatever|@>@;@/
othercases @<Show the current value of some parameter or register,
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1295 l.23681 - e-TeX protected
call: print("macro");
long_call: print_esc("long macro");
outer_call: print_esc("outer macro");
long_outer_call: begin print_esc("long"); print_esc("outer macro");
@y
call,long_call,outer_call,long_outer_call: begin n:=cmd-call;
  if info(link(chr_code))=protected_token then n:=n+4;
  if odd(n div 4) then print_esc("protected");
  if odd(n) then print_esc("long");
  if odd(n div 2) then print_esc("outer");
  if n>0 then print_char(" ");
  print("macro");
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [49] m.1296 l.23689 - e-TeX sparse arrays
begin scan_eight_bit_int; begin_diagnostic;
print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("=");
if box(cur_val)=null then print("void")
else show_box(box(cur_val));
@y
begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(p); begin_diagnostic;
print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("=");
if p=null then print("void")@+else show_box(p);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [50] m.1307 l.23831 - e-TeX basic
dump_int(@$);@/
@y
dump_int(@$);@/
@<Dump the \eTeX\ state@>@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [50] m.1308 l.23846 - e-TeX basic
if x<>@$ then goto bad_fmt; {check that strings are the same}
@y
if x<>@$ then goto bad_fmt; {check that strings are the same}
@/@<Undump the \eTeX\ state@>@/
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [50] m.1311 l.23900 - e-TeX sparse arrays
dump_int(lo_mem_max); dump_int(rover);
@y
dump_int(lo_mem_max); dump_int(rover);
if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do dump_int(sa_root[k]);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [50] m.1312 l.23923 - e-TeX sparse arrays
undump(lo_mem_stat_max+1)(lo_mem_max)(rover);
@y
undump(lo_mem_stat_max+1)(lo_mem_max)(rover);
if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do
  undump(null)(lo_mem_max)(sa_root[k]);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [50] m.1324 l.24117 - e-TeX hyph_codes
dump_int(trie_max);
@y
dump_int(trie_max);
dump_int(hyph_start);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [50] m.1325 l.24145 - e-TeX hyph_codes
undump_size(0)(trie_size)('trie size')(j); @+init trie_max:=j;@+tini
@y
undump_size(0)(trie_size)('trie size')(j); @+init trie_max:=j;@+tini
undump(0)(j)(hyph_start);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [51] m.1335 l.24365 final_cleanup - tracing
  print_int(cur_level-level_one); print_char(")");
@y
  print_int(cur_level-level_one); print_char(")");
  if eTeX_ex then show_save_groups;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [51] m.1335 l.24388 final_cleanup - e-TeX marks, saved_items
    if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]);
@y
    if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]);
  if sa_mark<>null then
    if do_marks(destroy_marks,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null;
  for c:=last_box_code to vsplit_code do flush_node_list(disc_ptr[c]);
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [51] m.1336 l.24398 init_prim - e-TeX basic
begin no_new_control_sequence:=false;
@y
begin no_new_control_sequence:=false;
first:=0;
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [51] m.1337 l.24413 - e-TeX basic
if (format_ident=0)or(buffer[loc]="&") then
@y
@<Enable \eTeX, if requested@>@;@/
if (format_ident=0)or(buffer[loc]="&") then
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [51] m.1337 l.24421 - e-TeX basic
  end;
@y
  end;
if eTeX_ex then wterm_ln('entering extended mode');
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [53] m.1362 l.24762 adv_past - e-TeX hyph_codes
    begin cur_lang:=what_lang(#); l_hyf:=what_lhm(#); r_hyf:=what_rhm(#);@+end
@y
    begin cur_lang:=what_lang(#); l_hyf:=what_lhm(#); r_hyf:=what_rhm(#);
    set_hyph_index;
    end
@z
%---------------------------------------
@x [54] m.1379 l.24956 - e-TeX additions
@* \[54] System-dependent changes.
@y
@* \[53a] The extended features of \eTeX.
The program has two modes of operation:  (1)~In \TeX\ compatibility mode
it fully deserves the name \TeX\ and there are neither extended features
nor additional primitive commands.  There are, however, a few
modifications that would be legitimate in any implementation of \TeX\
such as, e.g., preventing inadequate results of the glue to \.{DVI}
unit conversion during |ship_out|.  (2)~In extended mode there are
additional primitive commands and the extended features of \eTeX\ are
available.

The distinction between these two modes of operation initially takes
place when a `virgin' \.{eINITEX} starts without reading a format file.
Later on the values of all \eTeX\ state variables are inherited when
\.{eVIRTEX} (or \.{eINITEX}) reads a format file.

The code below is designed to work for cases where `$|init|\ldots|tini|$'
is a run-time switch.

@<Enable \eTeX, if requested@>=
@!init if (buffer[loc]="*")and(format_ident=" (INITEX)") then
  begin no_new_control_sequence:=false;
  @<Generate all \eTeX\ primitives@>@;
  incr(loc); eTeX_mode:=1; {enter extended mode}
  @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ extended mode@>@;
  end;
tini@;@/
if not no_new_control_sequence then {just entered extended mode ?}
  no_new_control_sequence:=true@+else

@ The \eTeX\ features available in extended mode are grouped into two
categories:  (1)~Some of them are permanently enabled and have no
semantic effect as long as none of the additional primitives are
executed.  (2)~The remaining \eTeX\ features are optional and can be
individually enabled and disabled.  For each optional feature there is
an \eTeX\ state variable named \.{\\...state}; the feature is enabled,
resp.\ disabled by assigning a positive, resp.\ non-positive value to
that integer.

@d eTeX_state_base=int_base+eTeX_state_code
@d eTeX_state(#)==eqtb[eTeX_state_base+#].int {an \eTeX\ state variable}
@#
@d eTeX_version_code=eTeX_int {code for \.{\\eTeXversion}}

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("lastnodetype",last_item,last_node_type_code);
@!@:last_node_type_}{\.{\\lastnodetype} primitive@>
primitive("eTeXversion",last_item,eTeX_version_code);
@!@:eTeX_version_}{\.{\\eTeXversion} primitive@>
primitive("eTeXrevision",convert,eTeX_revision_code);@/
@!@:eTeX_revision_}{\.{\\eTeXrevision} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
last_node_type_code: print_esc("lastnodetype");
eTeX_version_code: print_esc("eTeXversion");

@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>=
eTeX_version_code: cur_val:=eTeX_version;

@ @d eTeX_ex==(eTeX_mode=1) {is this extended mode?}

@<Glob...@>=
@!eTeX_mode: 0..1; {identifies compatibility and extended mode}

@ @<Initialize table entries...@>=
eTeX_mode:=0; {initially we are in compatibility mode}
@<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ compatibility mode@>@;

@ @<Dump the \eTeX\ state@>=
dump_int(eTeX_mode);
for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do eTeX_state(j):=0; {disable all enhancements}

@ @<Undump the \eTeX\ state@>=
undump(0)(1)(eTeX_mode);
if eTeX_ex then
  begin @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ extended mode@>@;
  end
else  begin @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ compatibility mode@>@;
  end;

@ The |eTeX_enabled| function simply returns its first argument as
result.  This argument is |true| if an optional \eTeX\ feature is
currently enabled; otherwise, if the argument is |false|, the function
gives an error message.

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for use...@>=
function eTeX_enabled(@!b:boolean;@!j:quarterword;@!k:halfword):boolean;
begin if not b then
  begin print_err("Improper "); print_cmd_chr(j,k);
  help1("Sorry, this optional e-TeX feature has been disabled."); error;
  end;
eTeX_enabled:=b;
end;

@ First we implement the additional \eTeX\ parameters in the table of
equivalents.

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("everyeof",assign_toks,every_eof_loc);
@!@:every_eof_}{\.{\\everyeof} primitive@>
primitive("tracingassigns",assign_int,int_base+tracing_assigns_code);@/
@!@:tracing_assigns_}{\.{\\tracingassigns} primitive@>
primitive("tracinggroups",assign_int,int_base+tracing_groups_code);@/
@!@:tracing_groups_}{\.{\\tracinggroups} primitive@>
primitive("tracingifs",assign_int,int_base+tracing_ifs_code);@/
@!@:tracing_ifs_}{\.{\\tracingifs} primitive@>
primitive("tracingscantokens",assign_int,int_base+tracing_scan_tokens_code);@/
@!@:tracing_scan_tokens_}{\.{\\tracingscantokens} primitive@>
primitive("tracingnesting",assign_int,int_base+tracing_nesting_code);@/
@!@:tracing_nesting_}{\.{\\tracingnesting} primitive@>
primitive("predisplaydirection",
  assign_int,int_base+pre_display_direction_code);@/
@!@:pre_display_direction_}{\.{\\predisplaydirection} primitive@>
primitive("lastlinefit",assign_int,int_base+last_line_fit_code);@/
@!@:last_line_fit_}{\.{\\lastlinefit} primitive@>
primitive("savingvdiscards",assign_int,int_base+saving_vdiscards_code);@/
@!@:saving_vdiscards_}{\.{\\savingvdiscards} primitive@>
primitive("savinghyphcodes",assign_int,int_base+saving_hyph_codes_code);@/
@!@:saving_hyph_codes_}{\.{\\savinghyphcodes} primitive@>

@ @d every_eof==equiv(every_eof_loc)

@<Cases of |assign_toks| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
every_eof_loc: print_esc("everyeof");

@ @<Cases for |print_param|@>=
tracing_assigns_code:print_esc("tracingassigns");
tracing_groups_code:print_esc("tracinggroups");
tracing_ifs_code:print_esc("tracingifs");
tracing_scan_tokens_code:print_esc("tracingscantokens");
tracing_nesting_code:print_esc("tracingnesting");
pre_display_direction_code:print_esc("predisplaydirection");
last_line_fit_code:print_esc("lastlinefit");
saving_vdiscards_code:print_esc("savingvdiscards");
saving_hyph_codes_code:print_esc("savinghyphcodes");

@ In order to handle \.{\\everyeof} we need an array |eof_seen| of
boolean variables.

@<Glob...@>=
@!eof_seen : array[1..max_in_open] of boolean; {has eof been seen?}

@ The |print_group| procedure prints the current level of grouping and
the name corresponding to |cur_group|.

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
procedure print_group(@!e:boolean);
label exit;
begin case cur_group of
  bottom_level: begin print("bottom level"); return;
    end;
  simple_group,semi_simple_group:
    begin if cur_group=semi_simple_group then print("semi ");
    print("simple");
    end;
  hbox_group,adjusted_hbox_group:
    begin if cur_group=adjusted_hbox_group then print("adjusted ");
    print("hbox");
    end;
  vbox_group: print("vbox");
  vtop_group: print("vtop");
  align_group,no_align_group:
    begin if cur_group=no_align_group then print("no ");
    print("align");
    end;
  output_group: print("output");
  disc_group: print("disc");
  insert_group: print("insert");
  vcenter_group: print("vcenter");
  math_group,math_choice_group,math_shift_group,math_left_group:
    begin print("math");
    if cur_group=math_choice_group then print(" choice")
    else if cur_group=math_shift_group then print(" shift")
    else if cur_group=math_left_group then print(" left");
    end;
  end; {there are no other cases}
print(" group (level "); print_int(qo(cur_level)); print_char(")");
if saved(-1)<>0 then
  begin if e then print(" entered at line ") else print(" at line ");
  print_int(saved(-1));
  end;
exit:end;

@ The |group_trace| procedure is called when a new level of grouping
begins (|e=false|) or ends (|e=true|) with |saved(-1)| containing the
line number.

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
@!stat procedure group_trace(@!e:boolean);
begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{");
if e then print("leaving ") else print("entering ");
print_group(e); print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false);
end;
tats

@ The \.{\\currentgrouplevel} and \.{\\currentgrouptype} commands return
the current level of grouping and the type of the current group
respectively.

@d current_group_level_code=eTeX_int+1 {code for \.{\\currentgrouplevel}}
@d current_group_type_code=eTeX_int+2 {code for \.{\\currentgrouptype}}

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("currentgrouplevel",last_item,current_group_level_code);
@!@:current_group_level_}{\.{\\currentgrouplevel} primitive@>
primitive("currentgrouptype",last_item,current_group_type_code);
@!@:current_group_type_}{\.{\\currentgrouptype} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
current_group_level_code: print_esc("currentgrouplevel");
current_group_type_code: print_esc("currentgrouptype");

@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>=
current_group_level_code: cur_val:=cur_level-level_one;
current_group_type_code: cur_val:=cur_group;

@ The \.{\\currentiflevel}, \.{\\currentiftype}, and
\.{\\currentifbranch} commands return the current level of conditionals
and the type and branch of the current conditional.

@d current_if_level_code=eTeX_int+3 {code for \.{\\currentiflevel}}
@d current_if_type_code=eTeX_int+4 {code for \.{\\currentiftype}}
@d current_if_branch_code=eTeX_int+5 {code for \.{\\currentifbranch}}

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("currentiflevel",last_item,current_if_level_code);
@!@:current_if_level_}{\.{\\currentiflevel} primitive@>
primitive("currentiftype",last_item,current_if_type_code);
@!@:current_if_type_}{\.{\\currentiftype} primitive@>
primitive("currentifbranch",last_item,current_if_branch_code);
@!@:current_if_branch_}{\.{\\currentifbranch} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
current_if_level_code: print_esc("currentiflevel");
current_if_type_code: print_esc("currentiftype");
current_if_branch_code: print_esc("currentifbranch");

@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>=
current_if_level_code: begin q:=cond_ptr; cur_val:=0;
  while q<>null do
    begin incr(cur_val); q:=link(q);
    end;
  end;
current_if_type_code: if cond_ptr=null then cur_val:=0
  else if cur_if<unless_code then cur_val:=cur_if+1
  else cur_val:=-(cur_if-unless_code+1);
current_if_branch_code:
  if (if_limit=or_code)or(if_limit=else_code) then cur_val:=1
  else if if_limit=fi_code then cur_val:=-1
  else cur_val:=0;

@ The \.{\\fontcharwd}, \.{\\fontcharht}, \.{\\fontchardp}, and
\.{\\fontcharic} commands return information about a character in a
font.

@d font_char_wd_code=eTeX_dim {code for \.{\\fontcharwd}}
@d font_char_ht_code=eTeX_dim+1 {code for \.{\\fontcharht}}
@d font_char_dp_code=eTeX_dim+2 {code for \.{\\fontchardp}}
@d font_char_ic_code=eTeX_dim+3 {code for \.{\\fontcharic}}

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("fontcharwd",last_item,font_char_wd_code);
@!@:font_char_wd_}{\.{\\fontcharwd} primitive@>
primitive("fontcharht",last_item,font_char_ht_code);
@!@:font_char_ht_}{\.{\\fontcharht} primitive@>
primitive("fontchardp",last_item,font_char_dp_code);
@!@:font_char_dp_}{\.{\\fontchardp} primitive@>
primitive("fontcharic",last_item,font_char_ic_code);
@!@:font_char_ic_}{\.{\\fontcharic} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
font_char_wd_code: print_esc("fontcharwd");
font_char_ht_code: print_esc("fontcharht");
font_char_dp_code: print_esc("fontchardp");
font_char_ic_code: print_esc("fontcharic");

@ @<Cases for fetching a dimension value@>=
font_char_wd_code,
font_char_ht_code,
font_char_dp_code,
font_char_ic_code: begin scan_font_ident; q:=cur_val; scan_char_num;
  if (font_bc[q]<=cur_val)and(font_ec[q]>=cur_val) then
    begin i:=char_info(q)(qi(cur_val));
    case m of
    font_char_wd_code: cur_val:=char_width(q)(i);
    font_char_ht_code: cur_val:=char_height(q)(height_depth(i));
    font_char_dp_code: cur_val:=char_depth(q)(height_depth(i));
    font_char_ic_code: cur_val:=char_italic(q)(i);
    end; {there are no other cases}
    end
  else cur_val:=0;
  end;

@ The \.{\\parshapedimen}, \.{\\parshapeindent}, and \.{\\parshapelength}
commands return the indent and length parameters of the current
\.{\\parshape} specification.

@d par_shape_length_code=eTeX_dim+4 {code for \.{\\parshapelength}}
@d par_shape_indent_code=eTeX_dim+5 {code for \.{\\parshapeindent}}
@d par_shape_dimen_code=eTeX_dim+6 {code for \.{\\parshapedimen}}

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("parshapelength",last_item,par_shape_length_code);
@!@:par_shape_length_}{\.{\\parshapelength} primitive@>
primitive("parshapeindent",last_item,par_shape_indent_code);
@!@:par_shape_indent_}{\.{\\parshapeindent} primitive@>
primitive("parshapedimen",last_item,par_shape_dimen_code);
@!@:par_shape_dimen_}{\.{\\parshapedimen} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
par_shape_length_code: print_esc("parshapelength");
par_shape_indent_code: print_esc("parshapeindent");
par_shape_dimen_code: print_esc("parshapedimen");

@ @<Cases for fetching a dimension value@>=
par_shape_length_code,
par_shape_indent_code,
par_shape_dimen_code: begin q:=cur_chr-par_shape_length_code; scan_int;
  if (par_shape_ptr=null)or(cur_val<=0) then cur_val:=0
  else  begin if q=2 then
      begin q:=cur_val mod 2; cur_val:=(cur_val+q)div 2;
      end;
    if cur_val>info(par_shape_ptr) then cur_val:=info(par_shape_ptr);
    cur_val:=mem[par_shape_ptr+2*cur_val-q].sc;
    end;
  cur_val_level:=dimen_val;
  end;

@ The \.{\\showgroups} command displays all currently active grouping
levels.

@d show_groups=4 { \.{\\showgroups} }

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("showgroups",xray,show_groups);
@!@:show_groups_}{\.{\\showgroups} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |xray| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
show_groups:print_esc("showgroups");

@ @<Cases for |show_whatever|@>=
show_groups: begin begin_diagnostic; show_save_groups;
  end;

@ @<Types...@>=
@!save_pointer=0..save_size; {index into |save_stack|}

@ The modifications of \TeX\ required for the display produced by the
|show_save_groups| procedure were first discussed by Donald~E. Knuth in
{\sl TUGboat\/} {\bf 11}, 165--170 and 499--511, 1990.
@^Knuth, Donald Ervin@>

In order to understand a group type we also have to know its mode.
Since unrestricted horizontal modes are not associated with grouping,
they are skipped when traversing the semantic nest.

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for use...@>=
procedure show_save_groups;
label found1,found2,found,done;
var p:0..nest_size; {index into |nest|}
@!m:-mmode..mmode; {mode}
@!v:save_pointer; {saved value of |save_ptr|}
@!l:quarterword; {saved value of |cur_level|}
@!c:group_code; {saved value of |cur_group|}
@!a:-1..1; {to keep track of alignments}
@!i:integer;
@!j:quarterword;
@!s:str_number;
begin p:=nest_ptr; nest[p]:=cur_list; {put the top level into the array}
v:=save_ptr; l:=cur_level; c:=cur_group;
save_ptr:=cur_boundary; decr(cur_level);@/
a:=1;
print_nl(""); print_ln;
loop@+begin print_nl("### "); print_group(true);
  if cur_group=bottom_level then goto done;
  repeat m:=nest[p].mode_field;
  if p>0 then decr(p) else m:=vmode;
  until m<>hmode;
  print(" (");
  case cur_group of
    simple_group: begin incr(p); goto found2;
      end;
    hbox_group,adjusted_hbox_group: s:="hbox";
    vbox_group: s:="vbox";
    vtop_group: s:="vtop";
    align_group: if a=0 then
        begin if m=-vmode then s:="halign" else s:="valign";
        a:=1; goto found1;
        end
      else  begin if a=1 then print("align entry") else print_esc("cr");
        if p>=a then p:=p-a;
        a:=0; goto found;
        end;
    no_align_group:
      begin incr(p); a:=-1; print_esc("noalign"); goto found2;
      end;
    output_group:
      begin print_esc("output"); goto found;
      end;
    math_group: goto found2;
    disc_group,math_choice_group:
      begin if cur_group=disc_group then print_esc("discretionary")
      else print_esc("mathchoice");
      for i:=1 to 3 do if i<=saved(-2) then print("{}");
      goto found2;
      end;
    insert_group:
      begin if saved(-2)=255 then print_esc("vadjust")
      else  begin print_esc("insert"); print_int(saved(-2));
        end;
      goto found2;
      end;
    vcenter_group: begin s:="vcenter"; goto found1;
      end;
    semi_simple_group: begin incr(p); print_esc("begingroup"); goto found;
      end;
    math_shift_group:
      begin if m=mmode then print_char("$")
      else if nest[p].mode_field=mmode then
        begin print_cmd_chr(eq_no,saved(-2)); goto found;
        end;
      print_char("$"); goto found;
      end;
    math_left_group:
      begin if type(nest[p+1].eTeX_aux_field)=left_noad then print_esc("left")
      else print_esc("middle");
      goto found;
      end;
    end; {there are no other cases}
  @<Show the box context@>;
  found1: print_esc(s); @<Show the box packaging info@>;
  found2: print_char("{");
  found: print_char(")"); decr(cur_level);
  cur_group:=save_level(save_ptr); save_ptr:=save_index(save_ptr)
  end;
done: save_ptr:=v; cur_level:=l; cur_group:=c;
end;

@ @<Show the box packaging info@>=
if saved(-2)<>0 then
  begin print_char(" ");
  if saved(-3)=exactly then print("to") else print("spread");
  print_scaled(saved(-2)); print("pt");
  end

@ @<Show the box context@>=
i:=saved(-4);
if i<>0 then
  if i<box_flag then
    begin if abs(nest[p].mode_field)=vmode then j:=hmove else j:=vmove;
    if i>0 then print_cmd_chr(j,0) else print_cmd_chr(j,1);
    print_scaled(abs(i)); print("pt");
    end
  else if i<ship_out_flag then
    begin if i>=global_box_flag then
      begin print_esc("global"); i:=i-(global_box_flag-box_flag);
      end;
    print_esc("setbox"); print_int(i-box_flag); print_char("=");
    end
  else print_cmd_chr(leader_ship,i-(leader_flag-a_leaders))

@ The |scan_general_text| procedure is much like |scan_toks(false,false)|,
but will be invoked via |expand|, i.e., recursively.
@^recursion@>

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>=
procedure@?scan_general_text; forward;@t\2@>

@ The token list (balanced text) created by |scan_general_text| begins
at |link(temp_head)| and ends at |cur_val|.  (If |cur_val=temp_head|,
the list is empty.)

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tok...@>=
procedure scan_general_text;
label found;
var s:normal..absorbing; {to save |scanner_status|}
@!w:pointer; {to save |warning_index|}
@!d:pointer; {to save |def_ref|}
@!p:pointer; {tail of the token list being built}
@!q:pointer; {new node being added to the token list via |store_new_token|}
@!unbalance:halfword; {number of unmatched left braces}
begin s:=scanner_status; w:=warning_index; d:=def_ref;
scanner_status:=absorbing; warning_index:=cur_cs;
def_ref:=get_avail; token_ref_count(def_ref):=null; p:=def_ref;
scan_left_brace; {remove the compulsory left brace}
unbalance:=1;
loop@+  begin get_token;
  if cur_tok<right_brace_limit then
    if cur_cmd<right_brace then incr(unbalance)
    else  begin decr(unbalance);
      if unbalance=0 then goto found;
      end;
  store_new_token(cur_tok);
  end;
found: q:=link(def_ref); free_avail(def_ref); {discard reference count}
if q=null then cur_val:=temp_head @+ else cur_val:=p;
link(temp_head):=q;
scanner_status:=s; warning_index:=w; def_ref:=d;
end;

@ The \.{\\showtokens} command displays a token list.

@d show_tokens=5 { \.{\\showtokens} , must be odd! }

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("showtokens",xray,show_tokens);
@!@:show_tokens_}{\.{\\showtokens} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |xray| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
show_tokens:print_esc("showtokens");

@ The \.{\\unexpanded} primitive prevents expansion of tokens much as
the result from \.{\\the} applied to a token variable.  The
\.{\\detokenize} primitive converts a token list into a list of
character tokens much as if the token list were written to a file.  We
use the fact that the command modifiers for \.{\\unexpanded} and
\.{\\detokenize} are odd whereas those for \.{\\the} and \.{\\showthe}
are even.

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("unexpanded",the,1);@/
@!@:unexpanded_}{\.{\\unexpanded} primitive@>
primitive("detokenize",the,show_tokens);@/
@!@:detokenize_}{\.{\\detokenize} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |the| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
else if chr_code=1 then print_esc("unexpanded")
else print_esc("detokenize")

@ @<Handle \.{\\unexpanded} or \.{\\detokenize} and |return|@>=
if odd(cur_chr) then
  begin c:=cur_chr; scan_general_text;
  if c=1 then the_toks:=cur_val
  else begin old_setting:=selector; selector:=new_string; b:=pool_ptr;
    p:=get_avail; link(p):=link(temp_head);
    token_show(p); flush_list(p);
    selector:=old_setting; the_toks:=str_toks(b);
    end;
  return;
  end

@ The \.{\\showifs} command displays all currently active conditionals.

@d show_ifs=6 { \.{\\showifs} }

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("showifs",xray,show_ifs);
@!@:show_ifs_}{\.{\\showifs} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |xray| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
show_ifs:print_esc("showifs");

@
@d print_if_line(#)==if #<>0 then
  begin print(" entered on line "); print_int(#);
  end

@<Cases for |show_whatever|@>=
show_ifs: begin begin_diagnostic; print_nl(""); print_ln;
  if cond_ptr=null then
    begin print_nl("### "); print("no active conditionals");
    end
  else  begin p:=cond_ptr; n:=0;
    repeat incr(n); p:=link(p);@+until p=null;
    p:=cond_ptr; t:=cur_if; l:=if_line; m:=if_limit;
    repeat print_nl("### level "); print_int(n); print(": ");
    print_cmd_chr(if_test,t);
    if m=fi_code then print_esc("else");
    print_if_line(l);
    decr(n); t:=subtype(p); l:=if_line_field(p); m:=type(p); p:=link(p);
    until p=null;
    end;
  end;

@ The \.{\\interactionmode} primitive allows to query and set the
interaction mode.

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("interactionmode",set_page_int,2);
@!@:interaction_mode_}{\.{\\interactionmode} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |set_page_int| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
else if chr_code=2 then print_esc("interactionmode")

@ @<Cases for `Fetch the |dead_cycles| or the |insert_penalties|'@>=
else if m=2 then cur_val:=interaction

@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for use...@>=
procedure@?new_interaction; forward;@t\2@>

@ @<Cases for |alter_integer|@>=
else if c=2 then
  begin if (cur_val<batch_mode)or(cur_val>error_stop_mode) then
    begin print_err("Bad interaction mode");
@.Bad interaction mode@>
    help2("Modes are 0=batch, 1=nonstop, 2=scroll, and")@/
    ("3=errorstop. Proceed, and I'll ignore this case.");
    int_error(cur_val);
    end
  else  begin cur_chr:=cur_val; new_interaction;
    end;
  end

@ The |middle| feature of \eTeX\ allows one ore several \.{\\middle}
delimiters to appear between \.{\\left} and \.{\\right}.

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("middle",left_right,middle_noad);
@!@:middle_}{\.{\\middle} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |left_right| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
else if chr_code=middle_noad then print_esc("middle")

@ In constructions such as
$$\vbox{\halign{\.{#}\hfil\cr
{}\\hbox to \\hsize\{\cr
\hskip 25pt \\hskip 0pt plus 0.0001fil\cr
\hskip 25pt ...\cr
\hskip 25pt \\hfil\\penalty-200\\hfilneg\cr
\hskip 25pt ...\}\cr}}$$
the stretch components of \.{\\hfil} and \.{\\hfilneg} compensate; they may,
however, get modified in order to prevent arithmetic overflow during
|hlist_out| when each of them is multiplied by a large |glue_set| value.

Since this ``glue rounding'' depends on state variables |cur_g| and
|cur_glue| and \TeXXeT\ is supposed to emulate the behaviour of \TeXeT\
(plus a suitable postprocessor) as close as possible the glue rounding
cannot be postponed until (segments of) an hlist has been reversed.

The code below is invoked after the effective width, |rule_wd|, of a glue
node has been computed. The glue node is either converted into a kern node
or, for leaders, the glue specification is replaced by an equivalent rigid
one; the subtype of the glue node remains unchanged.

@<Handle a glue node for mixed...@>=
if (((g_sign=stretching) and (stretch_order(g)=g_order)) or
    ((g_sign=shrinking) and (shrink_order(g)=g_order))) then
  begin fast_delete_glue_ref(g);
  if subtype(p)<a_leaders then
    begin type(p):=kern_node; width(p):=rule_wd;
    end
  else  begin g:=get_node(glue_spec_size);@/
    stretch_order(g):=filll+1; shrink_order(g):=filll+1; {will never match}
    width(g):=rule_wd; stretch(g):=0; shrink(g):=0; glue_ptr(p):=g;
    end;
  end

@ The optional |TeXXeT| feature of \eTeX\ contains the code for mixed
left-to-right and right-to-left typesetting.  This code is inspired by
but different from \TeXeT\ as presented by Donald~E. Knuth and Pierre
MacKay in {\sl TUGboat\/} {\bf 8}, 14--25, 1987.
@^Knuth, Donald Ervin@>
@^MacKay, Pierre@>

In order to avoid confusion with \TeXeT\ the present implementation of
mixed direction typesetting is called \TeXXeT.  It differs from \TeXeT\
in several important aspects:  (1)~Right-to-left text is reversed
explicitly by the |ship_out| routine and is written to a normal \.{DVI}
file without any |begin_reflect| or |end_reflect| commands; (2)~a
|math_node| is (ab)used instead of a |whatsit_node| to record the
\.{\\beginL}, \.{\\endL}, \.{\\beginR}, and \.{\\endR} text direction
primitives in order to keep the influence on the line breaking algorithm
for pure left-to-right text as small as possible; (3)~right-to-left text
interrupted by a displayed equation is automatically resumed after that
equation; and (4)~the |valign| command code with a non-zero command
modifier is (ab)used for the text direction primitives.

Nevertheless there is a subtle difference between \TeX\ and \TeXXeT\
that may influence the line breaking algorithm for pure left-to-right
text.  When a paragraph containing math mode material is broken into
lines \TeX\ may generate lines where math mode material is not enclosed
by properly nested \.{\\mathon} and \.{\\mathoff} nodes.  Unboxing such
lines as part of a new paragraph may have the effect that hyphenation is
attempted for `words' originating from math mode or that hyphenation is
inhibited for words originating from horizontal mode.

In \TeXXeT\ additional \.{\\beginM}, resp.\ \.{\\endM} math nodes are
supplied at the start, resp.\ end of lines such that math mode material
inside a horizontal list always starts with either \.{\\mathon} or
\.{\\beginM} and ends with \.{\\mathoff} or \.{\\endM}.  These
additional nodes are transparent to operations such as \.{\\unskip},
\.{\\lastpenalty}, or \.{\\lastbox} but they do have the effect that
hyphenation is never attempted for `words' originating from math mode
and is never inhibited for words originating from horizontal mode.

@d TeXXeT_state==eTeX_state(TeXXeT_code)
@d TeXXeT_en==(TeXXeT_state>0) {is \TeXXeT\ enabled?}

@<Cases for |print_param|@>=
eTeX_state_code+TeXXeT_code:print_esc("TeXXeTstate");

@ @<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("TeXXeTstate",assign_int,eTeX_state_base+TeXXeT_code);
@!@:TeXXeT_state_}{\.{\\TeXXeT_state} primitive@>
primitive("beginL",valign,begin_L_code);
@!@:beginL_}{\.{\\beginL} primitive@>
primitive("endL",valign,end_L_code);
@!@:endL_}{\.{\\endL} primitive@>
primitive("beginR",valign,begin_R_code);
@!@:beginR_}{\.{\\beginR} primitive@>
primitive("endR",valign,end_R_code);
@!@:endR_}{\.{\\endR} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |valign| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
else case chr_code of
  begin_L_code: print_esc("beginL");
  end_L_code: print_esc("endL");
  begin_R_code: print_esc("beginR");
  othercases print_esc("endR")
  endcases

@ @<Cases of |main_control| for |hmode+valign|@>=
if cur_chr>0 then
  begin if eTeX_enabled(TeXXeT_en,cur_cmd,cur_chr) then
@.Improper \\beginL@>
@.Improper \\endL@>
@.Improper \\beginR@>
@.Improper \\endR@>
    tail_append(new_math(0,cur_chr));
  end
else

@ An hbox with subtype dlist will never be reversed, even when embedded
in right-to-left text.

@<Display if this box is never to be reversed@>=
if (type(p)=hlist_node)and(box_lr(p)=dlist) then print(", display")

@ A number of routines are based on a stack of one-word nodes whose
|info| fields contain |end_M_code|, |end_L_code|, or |end_R_code|.  The
top of the stack is pointed to by |LR_ptr|.

When the stack manipulation macros of this section are used below,
variable |LR_ptr| might be the global variable declared here for |hpack|
and |ship_out|, or might be local to |post_line_break|.

@d put_LR(#)==begin temp_ptr:=get_avail; info(temp_ptr):=#;
  link(temp_ptr):=LR_ptr; LR_ptr:=temp_ptr;
  end
@#
@d push_LR(#)==put_LR(end_LR_type(#))
@#
@d pop_LR==begin temp_ptr:=LR_ptr; LR_ptr:=link(temp_ptr);
  free_avail(temp_ptr);
  end

@<Glob...@>=
@!LR_ptr:pointer; {stack of LR codes for |hpack|, |ship_out|, and |init_math|}
@!LR_problems:integer; {counts missing begins and ends}
@!cur_dir:small_number; {current text direction}

@ @<Set init...@>=
LR_ptr:=null; LR_problems:=0; cur_dir:=left_to_right;

@ @<Insert LR nodes at the beg...@>=
begin q:=link(temp_head);
if LR_ptr<>null then
  begin temp_ptr:=LR_ptr; r:=q;
  repeat s:=new_math(0,begin_LR_type(info(temp_ptr))); link(s):=r; r:=s;
  temp_ptr:=link(temp_ptr);
  until temp_ptr=null;
  link(temp_head):=r;
  end;
while q<>cur_break(cur_p) do
  begin if not is_char_node(q) then
    if type(q)=math_node then @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |p...@>;
  q:=link(q);
  end;
end

@ @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |p...@>=
if end_LR(q) then
  begin if LR_ptr<>null then if info(LR_ptr)=end_LR_type(q) then pop_LR;
  end
else push_LR(q)

@ We use the fact that |q| now points to the node with \.{\\rightskip} glue.

@<Insert LR nodes at the end...@>=
if LR_ptr<>null then
  begin s:=temp_head; r:=link(s);
  while r<>q do
    begin s:=r; r:=link(s);
    end;
  r:=LR_ptr;
  while r<>null do
    begin temp_ptr:=new_math(0,info(r));
    link(s):=temp_ptr; s:=temp_ptr; r:=link(r);
    end;
  link(s):=q;
  end

@ @<Initialize the LR stack@>=
put_LR(before) {this will never match}

@ @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |hp...@>=
if end_LR(p) then
  if info(LR_ptr)=end_LR_type(p) then pop_LR
  else  begin incr(LR_problems); type(p):=kern_node; subtype(p):=explicit;
    end
else push_LR(p)

@ @<Check for LR anomalies at the end of |hp...@>=
begin if info(LR_ptr)<>before then
  begin while link(q)<>null do q:=link(q);
  repeat temp_ptr:=q; q:=new_math(0,info(LR_ptr)); link(temp_ptr):=q;
  LR_problems:=LR_problems+10000; pop_LR;
  until info(LR_ptr)=before;
  end;
if LR_problems>0 then
  begin @<Report LR problems@>; goto common_ending;
  end;
pop_LR;
if LR_ptr<>null then confusion("LR1");
@:this can't happen LR1}{\quad LR1@>
end

@ @<Report LR problems@>=
begin print_ln; print_nl("\endL or \endR problem (");@/
print_int(LR_problems div 10000); print(" missing, ");@/
print_int(LR_problems mod 10000); print(" extra");@/
LR_problems:=0;
end

@ @<Initialize |hlist_out| for mixed...@>=
if eTeX_ex then
  begin @<Initialize the LR stack@>;
  if box_lr(this_box)=dlist then
    if cur_dir=right_to_left then
      begin cur_dir:=left_to_right; cur_h:=cur_h-width(this_box);
      end
    else set_box_lr(this_box)(0);
  if (cur_dir=right_to_left)and(box_lr(this_box)<>reversed) then
    @<Reverse the complete hlist and set the subtype to |reversed|@>;
  end

@ @<Finish |hlist_out| for mixed...@>=
if eTeX_ex then
  begin @<Check for LR anomalies at the end of |hlist_out|@>;
  if box_lr(this_box)=dlist then cur_dir:=right_to_left;
  end

@ @<Handle a math node in |hlist_out|@>=
begin if eTeX_ex then
    @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |hlist_out| routine; if necessary
      reverse an hlist segment and |goto reswitch|@>;
  cur_h:=cur_h+width(p);
  end

@ Breaking a paragraph into lines while \TeXXeT\ is disabled may result
in lines whith unpaired math nodes.  Such hlists are silently accepted
in the absence of text direction directives.

@d LR_dir(#)==(subtype(#) div R_code) {text direction of a `math node'}

@<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |hl...@>=
begin if end_LR(p) then
  if info(LR_ptr)=end_LR_type(p) then pop_LR
  else  begin if subtype(p)>L_code then incr(LR_problems);
    end
else  begin push_LR(p);
  if LR_dir(p)<>cur_dir then
    @<Reverse an hlist segment and |goto reswitch|@>;
  end;
type(p):=kern_node;
end

@ @<Check for LR anomalies at the end of |hl...@>=
begin while info(LR_ptr)<>before do
  begin if info(LR_ptr)>L_code then LR_problems:=LR_problems+10000;
  pop_LR;
  end;
pop_LR;
end

@ @d edge_node=style_node {a |style_node| does not occur in hlists}
@d edge_node_size=style_node_size {number of words in an edge node}
@d edge_dist(#)==depth(#) {new |left_edge| position relative to |cur_h|
   (after |width| has been taken into account)}

@<Declare procedures needed in |hlist_out|, |vlist_out|@>=
function new_edge(@!s:small_number;@!w:scaled):pointer;
  {create an edge node}
var p:pointer; {the new node}
begin p:=get_node(edge_node_size); type(p):=edge_node; subtype(p):=s;
width(p):=w; edge_dist(p):=0; {the |edge_dist| field will be set later}
new_edge:=p;
end;

@ @<Cases of |hlist_out| that arise...@>=
edge_node: begin cur_h:=cur_h+width(p);
  left_edge:=cur_h+edge_dist(p); cur_dir:=subtype(p);
  end;

@ We detach the hlist, start a new one consisting of just one kern node,
append the reversed list, and set the width of the kern node.

@<Reverse the complete hlist...@>=
begin save_h:=cur_h; temp_ptr:=p; p:=new_kern(0); link(prev_p):=p;
cur_h:=0; link(p):=reverse(this_box,null,cur_g,cur_glue); width(p):=-cur_h;
cur_h:=save_h; set_box_lr(this_box)(reversed);
end

@ We detach the remainder of the hlist, replace the math node by
an edge node, and append the reversed hlist segment to it; the tail of
the reversed segment is another edge node and the remainder of the
original list is attached to it.

@<Reverse an hlist segment...@>=
begin save_h:=cur_h; temp_ptr:=link(p); rule_wd:=width(p);
free_node(p,small_node_size);
cur_dir:=reflected; p:=new_edge(cur_dir,rule_wd); link(prev_p):=p;
cur_h:=cur_h-left_edge+rule_wd;
link(p):=reverse(this_box,new_edge(reflected,0),cur_g,cur_glue);
edge_dist(p):=cur_h; cur_dir:=reflected; cur_h:=save_h;
goto reswitch;
end

@ OLD VERSION.
The |reverse| function defined here is responsible to reverse the
nodes of an hlist (segment). The first parameter |this_box| is the enclosing
hlist node, the second parameter |t| is to become the tail of the reversed
list, and the global variable |temp_ptr| is the head of the list to be
reversed. Finally |cur_g| and |cur_glue| are the current glue rounding state
variables, to be updated by this function. We remove nodes from the original
list and add them to the head of the new one.

@<Declare procedures needed in |hlist_out|, |vlist_out|@>=
function reverse(@!this_box,@!t:pointer; var cur_g:scaled;
  var cur_glue:real):pointer;
label reswitch,next_p,done;
var l:pointer; {the new list}
@!p:pointer; {the current node}
@!q:pointer; {the next node}
@!g_order: glue_ord; {applicable order of infinity for glue}
@!g_sign: normal..shrinking; {selects type of glue}
@!glue_temp:real; {glue value before rounding}
@!m,@!n:halfword; {count of unmatched math nodes}
begin g_order:=glue_order(this_box); g_sign:=glue_sign(this_box);
l:=t; p:=temp_ptr; m:=min_halfword; n:=min_halfword;
loop@+  begin while p<>null do
    @<Move node |p| to the new list and go to the next node;
    or |goto done| if the end of the reflected segment has been reached@>;
  if (t=null)and(m=min_halfword)and(n=min_halfword) then goto done;
  p:=new_math(0,info(LR_ptr)); LR_problems:=LR_problems+10000;
    {manufacture one missing math node}
  end;
done:reverse:=l;
end;

@ NEW VERSION.
The |reverse| function defined here is responsible to reverse (parts of)
the nodes of an hlist.  The first parameter |this_box| is the enclosing
hlist node, the second parameter |t| is to become the tail of the reversed
list, and the global variable |temp_ptr| is the head of the list to be
reversed.  Finally |cur_g| and |cur_glue| are the current glue rounding
state variables, to be updated by this function.

@<Declare procedures needed in |hlist_out|, |vlist_out|@>=
@{
@t\4@>@<Declare subprocedures for |reverse|@>@;
function reverse(@!this_box,@!t:pointer; var cur_g:scaled;
  var cur_glue:real):pointer;
label reswitch,next_p,done;
var l:pointer; {the new list}
@!p:pointer; {the current node}
@!q:pointer; {the next node}
@!g_order: glue_ord; {applicable order of infinity for glue}
@!g_sign: normal..shrinking; {selects type of glue}
@!glue_temp:real; {glue value before rounding}
@!m,@!n:halfword; {count of unmatched math nodes}
begin g_order:=glue_order(this_box); g_sign:=glue_sign(this_box);
@<Build a list of segments and determine their widths@>;
l:=t; p:=temp_ptr; m:=min_halfword; n:=min_halfword;
loop@+  begin while p<>null do
    @<Move node |p| to the new list and go to the next node;
    or |goto done| if the end of the reflected segment has been reached@>;
  if (t=null)and(m=min_halfword)and(n=min_halfword) then goto done;
  p:=new_math(0,info(LR_ptr)); LR_problems:=LR_problems+10000;
    {manufacture one missing math node}
  end;
done:reverse:=l;
end;
@}

@ We cannot simply remove nodes from the original list and add them to the
head of the new one; this might reverse the order of whatsit nodes such
that, e.g., a |write_node| for a stream appears before the |open_node|
and\slash or after the |close_node| for that stream.

All whatsit nodes as well as hlist and vlist nodes containing such nodes
must not be permuted.  A sequence of hlist and vlist nodes not containing
whatsit nodes as well as char, ligature, rule, kern, and glue nodes together
with math nodes not changing the text direction can be explicitly reversed. 
Embedded sections of left-to-right text are treated as a unit and all
remaining nodes are irrelevant and can be ignored.

In a first step we determine the width of various segments of the hlist to
be reversed: (1)~embedded left-to-right text, (2)~sequences of permutable or
irrelevant nodes, (3)~sequences of whatsit or irrelevant nodes, and
(4)~individual hlist and vlist nodes containing whatsit nodes.

@d segment_node=style_node
@d segment_node_size=style_node_size {number of words in a segment node}
@d segment_first(#)==info(#+2) {first node of the segment}
@d segment_last(#)==link(#+2) {last node of the segment}

@<Declare subprocedures for |reverse|@>=
function new_segment(@!s:small_number;@!f:pointer):pointer;
  {create a segment node}
var p:pointer; {the new node}
begin p:=get_node(segment_node_size); type(p):=segment_node; subtype(p):=s;
width(p):=0; {the |width| field will be set later}
segment_first(p):=f; segment_last(p):=f;
new_segment:=p;
end;

@ @<Build a list of segments and determine their widths@>=
begin
end

@ Here is a recursive subroutine that determines if the hlist or vlist
node~|p| contains whatsit nodes.

@<Declare subprocedures for |reverse|@>=
function has_whatsit(@!p:pointer):boolean;
label exit;
begin p:=list_ptr(p); has_whatsit:=true;
while p<>null do
  begin if not is_char_node(p) then
    case type(p) of
    hlist_node, vlist_node: if has_whatsit(p) then goto exit;
    whatsit_node: goto exit;
    othercases do_nothing
    endcases;@/
  p:=link(p);
  end;
has_whatsit:=false;
exit: end;

@ @<Move node |p| to the new list...@>=
reswitch: if is_char_node(p) then
  repeat f:=font(p); c:=character(p);
  cur_h:=cur_h+char_width(f)(char_info(f)(c));
  q:=link(p); link(p):=l; l:=p; p:=q;
  until not is_char_node(p)
else @<Move the non-|char_node| |p| to the new list@>

@ @<Move the non-|char_node| |p| to the new list@>=
begin q:=link(p);
case type(p) of
hlist_node,vlist_node,rule_node,kern_node: rule_wd:=width(p);
@t\4@>@<Cases of |reverse| that need special treatment@>@;
edge_node: confusion("LR2");
@:this can't happen LR2}{\quad LR2@>
othercases goto next_p
endcases;@/
cur_h:=cur_h+rule_wd;
next_p: link(p):=l;
if type(p)=kern_node then if (rule_wd=0)or(l=null) then
  begin free_node(p,small_node_size); p:=l;
  end;
l:=p; p:=q;
end

@ Here we compute the effective width of a glue node as in |hlist_out|.

@<Cases of |reverse|...@>=
glue_node: begin round_glue;
  @<Handle a glue node for mixed...@>;
  end;

@ A ligature node is replaced by a char node.

@<Cases of |reverse|...@>=
ligature_node: begin flush_node_list(lig_ptr(p));
  temp_ptr:=p; p:=get_avail; mem[p]:=mem[lig_char(temp_ptr)]; link(p):=q;
  free_node(temp_ptr,small_node_size); goto reswitch;
  end;

@ Math nodes in an inner reflected segment are modified, those at the
outer level are changed into kern nodes.

@<Cases of |reverse|...@>=
math_node: begin rule_wd:=width(p);
if end_LR(p) then
  if info(LR_ptr)<>end_LR_type(p) then
    begin type(p):=kern_node; incr(LR_problems);
    end
  else  begin pop_LR;
    if n>min_halfword then
      begin decr(n); decr(subtype(p)); {change |after| into |before|}
      end
    else  begin type(p):=kern_node;
      if m>min_halfword then decr(m)
      else @<Finish the reversed hlist segment and |goto done|@>;
      end;
    end
else  begin push_LR(p);
  if (n>min_halfword)or(LR_dir(p)<>cur_dir) then
    begin incr(n); incr(subtype(p)); {change |before| into |after|}
    end
  else  begin type(p):=kern_node; incr(m);
    end;
  end;
end;

@ Finally we have found the end of the hlist segment to be reversed; the
final math node is released and the remaining list attached to the
edge node terminating the reversed segment.

@<Finish the reversed...@>=
begin free_node(p,small_node_size);
link(t):=q; width(t):=rule_wd; edge_dist(t):=-cur_h-rule_wd; goto done;
end

@ @<Check for LR anomalies at the end of |s...@>=
begin if LR_problems>0 then
  begin @<Report LR problems@>; print_char(")"); print_ln;
  end;
if (LR_ptr<>null)or(cur_dir<>left_to_right) then confusion("LR3");
@:this can't happen LR3}{\quad LR3@>
end

@ Some special actions are required for displayed equation in paragraphs
with mixed direction texts.  First of all we have to set the text
direction preceding the display.

@<Set the value of |x| to the text direction before the display@>=
if LR_save=null then x:=0
else if info(LR_save)>=R_code then x:=-1@+else x:=1

@ @<Prepare for display after an empty...@>=
begin pop_nest; @<Set the value of |x|...@>;
end

@ When calculating the natural width, |w|, of the final line preceding
the display, we may have to copy all or part of its hlist.  We copy,
however, only those parts of the original list that are relevant for the
computation of |pre_display_size|.
@^data structure assumptions@>

@<Declare subprocedures for |init_math|@>=
procedure just_copy(@!p,@!h,@!t:pointer);
label found,not_found;
var @!r:pointer; {current node being fabricated for new list}
@!words:0..5; {number of words remaining to be copied}
begin while p<>null do
  begin words:=1; {this setting occurs in more branches than any other}
  if is_char_node(p) then r:=get_avail
  else case type(p) of
  hlist_node,vlist_node: begin r:=get_node(box_node_size);
    mem[r+6]:=mem[p+6]; mem[r+5]:=mem[p+5]; {copy the last two words}
    words:=5; list_ptr(r):=null; {this affects |mem[r+5]|}
    end;
  rule_node: begin r:=get_node(rule_node_size); words:=rule_node_size;
    end;
  ligature_node: begin r:=get_avail; {only |font| and |character| are needed}
    mem[r]:=mem[lig_char(p)]; goto found;
    end;
  kern_node,math_node: begin r:=get_node(small_node_size);
    words:=small_node_size;
    end;
  glue_node: begin r:=get_node(small_node_size); add_glue_ref(glue_ptr(p));
    glue_ptr(r):=glue_ptr(p); leader_ptr(r):=null;
    end;
  whatsit_node:@<Make a partial copy of the whatsit...@>;
  othercases goto not_found
  endcases;
  while words>0 do
    begin decr(words); mem[r+words]:=mem[p+words];
    end;
  found: link(h):=r; h:=r;
  not_found: p:=link(p);
  end;
link(h):=t;
end;

@ When the final line ends with R-text, the value |w| refers to the line
reflected with respect to the left edge of the enclosing vertical list.

@<Prepare for display after a non-empty...@>=
if eTeX_ex then @<Let |j| be the prototype box for the display@>;
v:=shift_amount(just_box);
@<Set the value of |x|...@>;
if x>=0 then
  begin p:=list_ptr(just_box); link(temp_head):=null;
  end
else  begin v:=-v-width(just_box);
  p:=new_math(0,begin_L_code); link(temp_head):=p;
  just_copy(list_ptr(just_box),p,new_math(0,end_L_code));
  cur_dir:=right_to_left;
  end;
v:=v+2*quad(cur_font);
if TeXXeT_en then @<Initialize the LR stack@>

@ @<Finish the natural width computation@>=
if TeXXeT_en then
  begin while LR_ptr<>null do pop_LR;
  if LR_problems<>0 then
    begin w:=max_dimen; LR_problems:=0;
    end;
  end;
cur_dir:=left_to_right; flush_node_list(link(temp_head))

@ In the presence of text direction directives we assume that any LR
problems have been fixed by the |hpack| routine.  If the final line
contains, however, text direction directives while \TeXXeT\ is disabled,
then we set |w:=max_dimen|.

@<Cases of `Let |d| be the natural...@>=
math_node: begin d:=width(p);
  if TeXXeT_en then @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |init_math| routine@>
  else if subtype(p)>=L_code then
    begin w:=max_dimen; goto done;
    end;
  end;
edge_node: begin d:=width(p); cur_dir:=subtype(p);
  end;

@ @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |i...@>=
if end_LR(p) then
  begin if info(LR_ptr)=end_LR_type(p) then pop_LR
  else if subtype(p)>L_code then
    begin w:=max_dimen; goto done;
    end
  end
else  begin push_LR(p);
  if LR_dir(p)<>cur_dir then
    begin just_reverse(p); p:=temp_head;
    end;
  end

@ @<Declare subprocedures for |init_math|@>=
procedure just_reverse(@!p:pointer);
label found,done;
var l:pointer; {the new list}
@!t:pointer; {tail of reversed segment}
@!q:pointer; {the next node}
@!m,@!n:halfword; {count of unmatched math nodes}
begin m:=min_halfword; n:=min_halfword;
if link(temp_head)=null then
  begin just_copy(link(p),temp_head,null); q:=link(temp_head);
  end
else  begin q:=link(p); link(p):=null; flush_node_list(link(temp_head));
  end;
t:=new_edge(cur_dir,0); l:=t; cur_dir:=reflected;
while q<>null do
  if is_char_node(q) then
    repeat p:=q; q:=link(p); link(p):=l; l:=p;
    until not is_char_node(q)
  else  begin p:=q; q:=link(p);
    if type(p)=math_node then
      @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |just_reverse| routine@>;
    link(p):=l; l:=p;
    end;
goto done;
found:width(t):=width(p); link(t):=q; free_node(p,small_node_size);
done:link(temp_head):=l;
end;

@ @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |j...@>=
if end_LR(p) then
  if info(LR_ptr)<>end_LR_type(p) then
    begin type(p):=kern_node; incr(LR_problems);
    end
  else  begin pop_LR;
    if n>min_halfword then
      begin decr(n); decr(subtype(p)); {change |after| into |before|}
      end
    else  begin if m>min_halfword then decr(m)@+else goto found;
      type(p):=kern_node;
      end;
    end
else  begin push_LR(p);
  if (n>min_halfword)or(LR_dir(p)<>cur_dir) then
    begin incr(n); incr(subtype(p)); {change |before| into |after|}
    end
  else  begin type(p):=kern_node; incr(m);
    end;
  end

@ The prototype box is an hlist node with the width, glue set, and shift
amount of |just_box|, i.e., the last line preceding the display.  Its
hlist reflects the current \.{\\leftskip} and \.{\\rightskip}.

@<Let |j| be the prototype box for the display@>=
begin if right_skip=zero_glue then j:=new_kern(0)
else j:=new_param_glue(right_skip_code);
if left_skip=zero_glue then p:=new_kern(0)
else p:=new_param_glue(left_skip_code);
link(p):=j; j:=new_null_box; width(j):=width(just_box);
shift_amount(j):=shift_amount(just_box); list_ptr(j):=p;
glue_order(j):=glue_order(just_box); glue_sign(j):=glue_sign(just_box);
glue_set(j):=glue_set(just_box);
end

@ At the end of a displayed equation we retrieve the prototype box.

@<Local variables for finishing...@>=
@!j:pointer; {prototype box}

@ @<Retrieve the prototype box@>=
if mode=mmode then j:=LR_box

@ @<Flush the prototype box@>=
flush_node_list(j)

@ The |app_display| procedure used to append the displayed equation
and\slash or equation number to the current vertical list has three
parameters:  the prototype box, the hbox to be appended, and the
displacement of the hbox in the display line.

@<Declare subprocedures for |after_math|@>=
procedure app_display(@!j,@!b:pointer;@!d:scaled);
var z:scaled; {width of the line}
@!s:scaled; {move the line right this much}
@!e:scaled; {distance from right edge of box to end of line}
@!x:integer; {|pre_display_direction|}
@!p,@!q,@!r,@!t,@!u:pointer; {for list manipulation}
begin s:=display_indent; x:=pre_display_direction;
if x=0 then shift_amount(b):=s+d
else  begin z:=display_width; p:=b;
  @<Set up the hlist for the display line@>;
  @<Package the display line@>;
  end;
append_to_vlist(b);
end;

@ Here we construct the hlist for the display, starting with node |p|
and ending with node |q|. We also set |d| and |e| to the amount of
kerning to be added before and after the hlist (adjusted for the
prototype box).

@<Set up the hlist for the display line@>=
if x>0 then e:=z-d-width(p)
else  begin e:=d; d:=z-e-width(p);
  end;
if j<>null then
  begin b:=copy_node_list(j); height(b):=height(p); depth(b):=depth(p);
  s:=s-shift_amount(b); d:=d+s; e:=e+width(b)-z-s;
  end;
if box_lr(p)=dlist then q:=p {display or equation number}
else  begin {display and equation number}
  r:=list_ptr(p); free_node(p,box_node_size);
  if r=null then confusion("LR4");
  if x>0 then
    begin p:=r;
    repeat q:=r; r:=link(r); {find tail of list}
    until r=null;
    end
  else  begin p:=null; q:=r;
    repeat t:=link(r); link(r):=p; p:=r; r:=t; {reverse list}
    until r=null;
    end;
  end

@ In the presence of a prototype box we use its shift amount and width
to adjust the values of kerning and add these values to the glue nodes
inserted to cancel the \.{\\leftskip} and \.{\\rightskip}.  If there is
no prototype box (because the display is preceded by an empty
paragraph), or if the skip parameters are zero, we just add kerns.

The |cancel_glue| macro creates and links a glue node that is, together
with another glue node, equivalent to a given amount of kerning.  We can
use |j| as temporary pointer, since all we need is |j<>null|.

@d cancel_glue(#)==j:=new_skip_param(#); cancel_glue_cont
@d cancel_glue_cont(#)==link(#):=j; cancel_glue_cont_cont
@d cancel_glue_cont_cont(#)==link(j):=#; cancel_glue_end
@d cancel_glue_end(#)==j:=glue_ptr(#); cancel_glue_end_end
@d cancel_glue_end_end(#)==
stretch_order(temp_ptr):=stretch_order(j);
shrink_order(temp_ptr):=shrink_order(j); width(temp_ptr):=#-width(j);
stretch(temp_ptr):=-stretch(j); shrink(temp_ptr):=-shrink(j)

@<Package the display line@>=
if j=null then
  begin r:=new_kern(0); t:=new_kern(0); {the widths will be set later}
  end
else  begin r:=list_ptr(b); t:=link(r);
  end;
u:=new_math(0,end_M_code);
if type(t)=glue_node then {|t| is \.{\\rightskip} glue}
  begin cancel_glue(right_skip_code)(q)(u)(t)(e); link(u):=t;
  end
else  begin width(t):=e; link(t):=u; link(q):=t;
  end;
u:=new_math(0,begin_M_code);
if type(r)=glue_node then {|r| is \.{\\leftskip} glue}
  begin cancel_glue(left_skip_code)(u)(p)(r)(d); link(r):=u;
  end
else  begin width(r):=d; link(r):=p; link(u):=r;
  if j=null then
    begin b:=hpack(u,natural); shift_amount(b):=s;
    end
  else list_ptr(b):=u;
  end

@ The |scan_tokens| feature of \eTeX\ defines the \.{\\scantokens}
primitive.

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("scantokens",input,2);
@!@:scan_tokens_}{\.{\\scantokens} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |input| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
else if chr_code=2 then print_esc("scantokens")

@ @<Cases for |input|@>=
else if cur_chr=2 then pseudo_start

@ The global variable |pseudo_files| is used to maintain a stack of
pseudo files.  The |info| field of each pseudo file points to a linked
list of variable size nodes representing lines not yet processed: the
|info| field of the first word contains the size of this node, all the
following words contain ASCII codes.

@<Glob...@>=
@!pseudo_files:pointer; {stack of pseudo files}

@ @<Set init...@>=
pseudo_files:=null;

@ The |pseudo_start| procedure initiates reading from a pseudo file.

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
procedure@?pseudo_start; forward;@t\2@>

@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tok...@>=
procedure pseudo_start;
var old_setting:0..max_selector; {holds |selector| setting}
@!s:str_number; {string to be converted into a pseudo file}
@!l,@!m:pool_pointer; {indices into |str_pool|}
@!p,@!q,@!r:pointer; {for list construction}
@!w: four_quarters; {four ASCII codes}
@!nl,@!sz:integer;
begin scan_general_text;
old_setting:=selector; selector:=new_string;
token_show(temp_head); selector:=old_setting;
flush_list(link(temp_head));
str_room(1); s:=make_string;
@<Convert string |s| into a new pseudo file@>;
flush_string;
@<Initiate input from new pseudo file@>;
end;

@ @<Convert string |s| into a new pseudo file@>=
str_pool[pool_ptr]:=si(" "); l:=str_start[s];
nl:=si(new_line_char);
p:=get_avail; q:=p;
while l<pool_ptr do
  begin m:=l;
  while (l<pool_ptr)and(str_pool[l]<>nl) do incr(l);
  sz:=(l-m+7)div 4;
  if sz=1 then sz:=2;
  r:=get_node(sz); link(q):=r; q:=r; info(q):=hi(sz);
  while sz>2 do
    begin decr(sz); incr(r);
    w.b0:=qi(so(str_pool[m])); w.b1:=qi(so(str_pool[m+1]));
    w.b2:=qi(so(str_pool[m+2])); w.b3:=qi(so(str_pool[m+3]));
    mem[r].qqqq:=w; m:=m+4;
    end;
  w.b0:=qi(" "); w.b1:=qi(" "); w.b2:=qi(" "); w.b3:=qi(" ");
  if l>m then
    begin w.b0:=qi(so(str_pool[m]));
    if l>m+1 then
      begin  w.b1:=qi(so(str_pool[m+1]));
      if l>m+2 then
        begin  w.b2:=qi(so(str_pool[m+2]));
        if l>m+3 then w.b3:=qi(so(str_pool[m+3]));
        end;
      end;
    end;
  mem[r+1].qqqq:=w;
  if str_pool[l]=nl then incr(l);
  end;
info(p):=link(p); link(p):=pseudo_files; pseudo_files:=p

@ @<Initiate input from new pseudo file@>=
begin_file_reading; {set up |cur_file| and new level of input}
line:=0; limit:=start; loc:=limit+1; {force line read}
if tracing_scan_tokens>0 then
  begin if term_offset>max_print_line-3 then print_ln
  else if (term_offset>0)or(file_offset>0) then print_char(" ");
  name:=19; print("( "); incr(open_parens); update_terminal;
  end
else name:=18

@ Here we read a line from the current pseudo file into |buffer|.

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
function pseudo_input: boolean; {inputs the next line or returns |false|}
var p:pointer; {current line from pseudo file}
@!sz:integer; {size of node |p|}
@!w:four_quarters; {four ASCII codes}
@!r:pointer; {loop index}
begin last:=first; {cf.\ Matthew 19\thinspace:\thinspace30}
p:=info(pseudo_files);
if p=null then pseudo_input:=false
else  begin info(pseudo_files):=link(p); sz:=ho(info(p));
  if 4*sz-3>=buf_size-last then
    @<Report overflow of the input buffer, and abort@>;
  last:=first;
  for r:=p+1 to p+sz-1 do
    begin w:=mem[r].qqqq;
    buffer[last]:=w.b0; buffer[last+1]:=w.b1;
    buffer[last+2]:=w.b2; buffer[last+3]:=w.b3;
    last:=last+4;
    end;
  if last>=max_buf_stack then max_buf_stack:=last+1;
  while (last>first)and(buffer[last-1]=" ") do decr(last);
  free_node(p,sz);
  pseudo_input:=true;
  end;
end;

@ When we are done with a pseudo file we `close' it.

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
procedure pseudo_close; {close the top level pseudo file}
var p,@!q: pointer;
begin p:=link(pseudo_files); q:=info(pseudo_files);
free_avail(pseudo_files); pseudo_files:=p;
while q<>null do
  begin p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,ho(info(p)));
  end;
end;

@ @<Dump the \eTeX\ state@>=
while pseudo_files<>null do pseudo_close; {flush pseudo files}

@ @<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("readline",read_to_cs,1);@/
@!@:read_line_}{\.{\\readline} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |read| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
else print_esc("readline")

@ @<Handle \.{\\readline} and |goto done|@>=
if j=1 then
  begin while loc<=limit do {current line not yet finished}
    begin cur_chr:=buffer[loc]; incr(loc);
    if cur_chr=" " then cur_tok:=space_token
    @+else cur_tok:=cur_chr+other_token;
    store_new_token(cur_tok);
    end;
  goto done;
  end

@ Here we define the additional conditionals of \eTeX\ as well as the
\.{\\unless} prefix.

@d if_def_code=17 { `\.{\\ifdefined}' }
@d if_cs_code=18 { `\.{\\ifcsname}' }
@d if_font_char_code=19 { `\.{\\iffontchar}' }

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("unless",expand_after,1);@/
@!@:unless_}{\.{\\unless} primitive@>
primitive("ifdefined",if_test,if_def_code);
@!@:if_defined_}{\.{\\ifdefined} primitive@>
primitive("ifcsname",if_test,if_cs_code);
@!@:if_cs_name_}{\.{\\ifcsname} primitive@>
primitive("iffontchar",if_test,if_font_char_code);
@!@:if_font_char_}{\.{\\iffontchar} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |expandafter| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
else print_esc("unless")

@ @<Cases of |if_test| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
if_def_code:print_esc("ifdefined");
if_cs_code:print_esc("ifcsname");
if_font_char_code:print_esc("iffontchar");

@ The result of a boolean condition is reversed when the conditional is
preceded by \.{\\unless}.

@<Negate a boolean conditional and |goto reswitch|@>=
begin get_token;
if (cur_cmd=if_test)and(cur_chr<>if_case_code) then
  begin cur_chr:=cur_chr+unless_code; goto reswitch;
  end;
print_err("You can't use `"); print_esc("unless"); print("' before `");
@.You can't use \\unless...@>
print_cmd_chr(cur_cmd,cur_chr); print_char("'");
help1("Continue, and I'll forget that it ever happened.");
back_error;
end

@ The conditional \.{\\ifdefined} tests if a control sequence is
defined.

We need to reset |scanner_status|, since \.{\\outer} control sequences
are allowed, but we might be scanning a macro definition or preamble.

@<Cases for |conditional|@>=
if_def_code:begin save_scanner_status:=scanner_status;
  scanner_status:=normal;
  get_next; b:=(cur_cmd<>undefined_cs);
  scanner_status:=save_scanner_status;
  end;

@ The conditional \.{\\ifcsname} is equivalent to \.{\{\\expandafter}
\.{\}\\expandafter} \.{\\ifdefined} \.{\\csname}, except that no new
control sequence will be entered into the hash table (once all tokens
preceding the mandatory \.{\\endcsname} have been expanded).

@<Cases for |conditional|@>=
if_cs_code:begin n:=get_avail; p:=n; {head of the list of characters}
  repeat get_x_token;
  if cur_cs=0 then store_new_token(cur_tok);
  until cur_cs<>0;
  if cur_cmd<>end_cs_name then @<Complain about missing \.{\\endcsname}@>;
  @<Look up the characters of list |n| in the hash table, and set |cur_cs|@>;
  flush_list(n);
  b:=(eq_type(cur_cs)<>undefined_cs);
  end;

@ @<Look up the characters of list |n| in the hash table...@>=
m:=first; p:=link(n);
while p<>null do
  begin if m>=max_buf_stack then
    begin max_buf_stack:=m+1;
    if max_buf_stack=buf_size then
      overflow("buffer size",buf_size);
@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@>
    end;
  buffer[m]:=info(p) mod @'400; incr(m); p:=link(p);
  end;
if m>first+1 then
  cur_cs:=id_lookup(first,m-first) {|no_new_control_sequence| is |true|}
else if m=first then cur_cs:=null_cs {the list is empty}
else cur_cs:=single_base+buffer[first] {the list has length one}

@ The conditional \.{\\iffontchar} tests the existence of a character in
a font.

@<Cases for |conditional|@>=
if_font_char_code:begin scan_font_ident; n:=cur_val; scan_char_num;
  if (font_bc[n]<=cur_val)and(font_ec[n]>=cur_val) then
    b:=char_exists(char_info(n)(qi(cur_val)))
  else b:=false;
  end;

@ The |protected| feature of \eTeX\ defines the \.{\\protected} prefix
command for macro definitions.  Such macros are protected against
expansions when lists of expanded tokens are built, e.g., for \.{\\edef}
or during \.{\\write}.

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("protected",prefix,8);
@!@:protected_}{\.{\\protected} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |prefix| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
else if chr_code=8 then print_esc("protected")

@ The |get_x_or_protected| procedure is like |get_x_token| except that
protected macros are not expanded.

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>=
procedure get_x_or_protected; {sets |cur_cmd|, |cur_chr|, |cur_tok|,
  and expands non-protected macros}
label exit;
begin loop@+begin get_token;
  if cur_cmd<=max_command then return;
  if (cur_cmd>=call)and(cur_cmd<end_template) then
    if info(link(cur_chr))=protected_token then return;
  expand;
  end;
exit:end;

@ A group entered (or a conditional started) in one file may end in a
different file.  Such slight anomalies, although perfectly legitimate,
may cause errors that are difficult to locate.  In order to be able to
give a warning message when such anomalies occur, \eTeX\ uses the
|grp_stack| and |if_stack| arrays to record the initial |cur_boundary|
and |cond_ptr| values for each input file.

@<Glob...@>=
@!grp_stack : array[0..max_in_open] of save_pointer; {initial |cur_boundary|}
@!if_stack : array[0..max_in_open] of pointer; {initial |cond_ptr|}

@ When a group ends that was apparently entered in a different input
file, the |group_warning| procedure is invoked in order to update the
|grp_stack|.  If moreover \.{\\tracingnesting} is positive we want to
give a warning message.  The situation is, however, somewhat complicated
by two facts:  (1)~There may be |grp_stack| elements without a
corresponding \.{\\input} file or \.{\\scantokens} pseudo file (e.g.,
error insertions from the terminal); and (2)~the relevant information is
recorded in the |name_field| of the |input_stack| only loosely
synchronized with the |in_open| variable indexing |grp_stack|.

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
procedure group_warning;
var i:0..max_in_open; {index into |grp_stack|}
@!w:boolean; {do we need a warning?}
begin base_ptr:=input_ptr; input_stack[base_ptr]:=cur_input;
  {store current state}
i:=in_open; w:=false;
while (grp_stack[i]=cur_boundary)and(i>0) do
  begin @<Set variable |w| to indicate if this case should be reported@>;
  grp_stack[i]:=save_index(save_ptr); decr(i);
  end;
if w then
  begin print_nl("Warning: end of "); print_group(true);
@.Warning: end of...@>
  print(" of a different file"); print_ln;
  if tracing_nesting>1 then show_context;
  if history=spotless then history:=warning_issued;
  end;
end;

@ This code scans the input stack in order to determine the type of the
current input file.

@<Set variable |w| to...@>=
if tracing_nesting>0 then
  begin while (input_stack[base_ptr].state_field=token_list)or@|
    (input_stack[base_ptr].index_field>i) do decr(base_ptr);
  if input_stack[base_ptr].name_field>17 then w:=true;
  end

@ When a conditional ends that was apparently started in a different
input file, the |if_warning| procedure is invoked in order to update the
|if_stack|.  If moreover \.{\\tracingnesting} is positive we want to
give a warning message (with the same complications as above).

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
procedure if_warning;
var i:0..max_in_open; {index into |if_stack|}
@!w:boolean; {do we need a warning?}
begin base_ptr:=input_ptr; input_stack[base_ptr]:=cur_input;
  {store current state}
i:=in_open; w:=false;
while if_stack[i]=cond_ptr do
  begin @<Set variable |w| to...@>;
  if_stack[i]:=link(cond_ptr); decr(i);
  end;
if w then
  begin print_nl("Warning: end of "); print_cmd_chr(if_test,cur_if);
@.Warning: end of...@>
  print_if_line(if_line); print(" of a different file"); print_ln;
  if tracing_nesting>1 then show_context;
  if history=spotless then history:=warning_issued;
  end;
end;

@ Conversely, the |file_warning| procedure is invoked when a file ends
and some groups entered or conditionals started while reading from that
file are still incomplete.

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
procedure file_warning;
var p:pointer; {saved value of |save_ptr| or |cond_ptr|}
@!l:quarterword; {saved value of |cur_level| or |if_limit|}
@!c:quarterword; {saved value of |cur_group| or |cur_if|}
@!i:integer; {saved value of |if_line|}
begin p:=save_ptr; l:=cur_level; c:=cur_group; save_ptr:=cur_boundary;
while grp_stack[in_open]<>save_ptr do
  begin decr(cur_level);
  print_nl("Warning: end of file when ");
@.Warning: end of file when...@>
  print_group(true); print(" is incomplete");@/
  cur_group:=save_level(save_ptr); save_ptr:=save_index(save_ptr)
  end;
save_ptr:=p; cur_level:=l; cur_group:=c; {restore old values}
p:=cond_ptr; l:=if_limit; c:=cur_if; i:=if_line;
while if_stack[in_open]<>cond_ptr do
  begin print_nl("Warning: end of file when ");
@.Warning: end of file when...@>
  print_cmd_chr(if_test,cur_if);
  if if_limit=fi_code then print_esc("else");
  print_if_line(if_line); print(" is incomplete");@/
  if_line:=if_line_field(cond_ptr); cur_if:=subtype(cond_ptr);
  if_limit:=type(cond_ptr); cond_ptr:=link(cond_ptr);
  end;
cond_ptr:=p; if_limit:=l; cur_if:=c; if_line:=i; {restore old values}
print_ln;
if tracing_nesting>1 then show_context;
if history=spotless then history:=warning_issued;
end;

@ Here are the additional \eTeX\ primitives for expressions.

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("numexpr",last_item,eTeX_expr-int_val+int_val);
@!@:num_expr_}{\.{\\numexpr} primitive@>
primitive("dimexpr",last_item,eTeX_expr-int_val+dimen_val);
@!@:dim_expr_}{\.{\\dimexpr} primitive@>
primitive("glueexpr",last_item,eTeX_expr-int_val+glue_val);
@!@:glue_expr_}{\.{\\glueexpr} primitive@>
primitive("muexpr",last_item,eTeX_expr-int_val+mu_val);
@!@:mu_expr_}{\.{\\muexpr} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
eTeX_expr-int_val+int_val: print_esc("numexpr");
eTeX_expr-int_val+dimen_val: print_esc("dimexpr");
eTeX_expr-int_val+glue_val: print_esc("glueexpr");
eTeX_expr-int_val+mu_val: print_esc("muexpr");

@ This code for reducing |cur_val_level| and\slash or negating the
result is similar to the one for all the other cases of
|scan_something_internal|, with the difference that |scan_expr| has
already increased the reference count of a glue specification.

@<Process an expression and |return|@>=
begin if m<eTeX_mu then
  begin case m of
  @/@<Cases for fetching a glue value@>@/
  end; {there are no other cases}
  cur_val_level:=glue_val;
  end
else if m<eTeX_expr then
  begin case m of
  @/@<Cases for fetching a mu value@>@/
  end; {there are no other cases}
  cur_val_level:=mu_val;
  end
else  begin cur_val_level:=m-eTeX_expr+int_val; scan_expr;
  end;
while cur_val_level>level do
  begin if cur_val_level=glue_val then
    begin m:=cur_val; cur_val:=width(m); delete_glue_ref(m);
    end
  else if cur_val_level=mu_val then mu_error;
  decr(cur_val_level);
  end;
if negative then
  if cur_val_level>=glue_val then
    begin m:=cur_val; cur_val:=new_spec(m); delete_glue_ref(m);
    @<Negate all three glue components of |cur_val|@>;
    end
  else negate(cur_val);
return;
end

@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>=
procedure@?scan_expr; forward;@t\2@>

@ The |scan_expr| procedure scans and evaluates an expression.

@<Declare procedures needed for expressions@>=
@t\4@>@<Declare subprocedures for |scan_expr|@>
procedure scan_expr; {scans and evaluates an expression}
label restart, continue, found;
var a,@!b:boolean; {saved values of |arith_error|}
@!l:small_number; {type of expression}
@!r:small_number; {state of expression so far}
@!s:small_number; {state of term so far}
@!o:small_number; {next operation or type of next factor}
@!e:integer; {expression so far}
@!t:integer; {term so far}
@!f:integer; {current factor}
@!n:integer; {numerator of combined multiplication and division}
@!p:pointer; {top of expression stack}
@!q:pointer; {for stack manipulations}
begin l:=cur_val_level; a:=arith_error; b:=false; p:=null;
incr(expand_depth_count);
if expand_depth_count>=expand_depth then overflow("expansion depth",expand_depth);
@<Scan and evaluate an expression |e| of type |l|@>;
decr(expand_depth_count);
if b then
  begin print_err("Arithmetic overflow");
@.Arithmetic overflow@>
  help2("I can't evaluate this expression,")@/
    ("since the result is out of range.");
  error;
  if l>=glue_val then
    begin delete_glue_ref(e); e:=zero_glue; add_glue_ref(e);
    end
  else e:=0;
  end;
arith_error:=a; cur_val:=e; cur_val_level:=l;
end;

@ Evaluating an expression is a recursive process:  When the left
parenthesis of a subexpression is scanned we descend to the next level
of recursion; the previous level is resumed with the matching right
parenthesis.

@d expr_none=0 {\.( seen, or \.( $\langle\it expr\rangle$ \.) seen}
@d expr_add=1 {\.( $\langle\it expr\rangle$ \.+ seen}
@d expr_sub=2 {\.( $\langle\it expr\rangle$ \.- seen}
@d expr_mult=3 {$\langle\it term\rangle$ \.* seen}
@d expr_div=4 {$\langle\it term\rangle$ \./ seen}
@d expr_scale=5 {$\langle\it term\rangle$ \.*
  $\langle\it factor\rangle$ \./ seen}

@<Scan and eval...@>=
restart: r:=expr_none; e:=0; s:=expr_none; t:=0; n:=0;
continue: if s=expr_none then o:=l@+else o:=int_val;
@<Scan a factor |f| of type |o| or start a subexpression@>;
found: @<Scan the next operator and set |o|@>;
arith_error:=b;
@<Make sure that |f| is in the proper range@>;
case s of @<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>@;
end; {there are no other cases}
if o>expr_sub then s:=o@+else @<Evaluate the current expression@>;
b:=arith_error;
if o<>expr_none then goto continue;
if p<>null then @<Pop the expression stack and |goto found|@>

@ @<Scan the next op...@>=
@<Get the next non-blank non-call token@>;
if cur_tok=other_token+"+" then o:=expr_add
else if cur_tok=other_token+"-" then o:=expr_sub
else if cur_tok=other_token+"*" then o:=expr_mult
else if cur_tok=other_token+"/" then o:=expr_div
else  begin o:=expr_none;
  if p=null then
    begin if cur_cmd<>relax then back_input;
    end
  else if cur_tok<>other_token+")" then
    begin print_err("Missing ) inserted for expression");
@.Missing ) inserted@>
    help1("I was expecting to see `+', `-', `*', `/', or `)'. Didn't.");
    back_error;
    end;
  end

@ @<Scan a factor...@>=
@<Get the next non-blank non-call token@>;
if cur_tok=other_token+"(" then
  @<Push the expression stack and |goto restart|@>;
back_input;
if o=int_val then scan_int
else if o=dimen_val then scan_normal_dimen
else if o=glue_val then scan_normal_glue
else scan_mu_glue;
f:=cur_val

@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>=
procedure@?scan_normal_glue; forward;@t\2@>@/
procedure@?scan_mu_glue; forward;@t\2@>

@ Here we declare two trivial procedures in order to avoid mutually
recursive procedures with parameters.

@<Declare procedures needed for expressions@>=
procedure scan_normal_glue;
begin scan_glue(glue_val);
end;
@#
procedure scan_mu_glue;
begin scan_glue(mu_val);
end;

@ Parenthesized subexpressions can be inside expressions, and this
nesting has a stack.  Seven local variables represent the top of the
expression stack:  |p| points to pushed-down entries, if any; |l|
specifies the type of expression currently beeing evaluated; |e| is the
expression so far and |r| is the state of its evaluation; |t| is the
term so far and |s| is the state of its evaluation; finally |n| is the
numerator for a combined multiplication and division, if any.

@d expr_node_size=4 {number of words in stack entry for subexpressions}
@d expr_e_field(#)==mem[#+1].int {saved expression so far}
@d expr_t_field(#)==mem[#+2].int {saved term so far}
@d expr_n_field(#)==mem[#+3].int {saved numerator}

@<Push the expression...@>=
begin q:=get_node(expr_node_size); link(q):=p; type(q):=l;
subtype(q):=4*s+r;
expr_e_field(q):=e; expr_t_field(q):=t; expr_n_field(q):=n;
p:=q; l:=o; goto restart;
end

@ @<Pop the expression...@>=
begin f:=e; q:=p;
e:=expr_e_field(q); t:=expr_t_field(q); n:=expr_n_field(q);
s:=subtype(q) div 4; r:=subtype(q) mod 4;
l:=type(q); p:=link(q); free_node(q,expr_node_size);
goto found;
end

@ We want to make sure that each term and (intermediate) result is in
the proper range.  Integer values must not exceed |infinity|
($2^{31}-1$) in absolute value, dimensions must not exceed |max_dimen|
($2^{30}-1$).  We avoid the absolute value of an integer, because this
might fail for the value $-2^{31}$ using 32-bit arithmetic.

@d num_error(#)== {clear a number or dimension and set |arith_error|}
  begin arith_error:=true; #:=0;
  end
@d glue_error(#)== {clear a glue spec and set |arith_error|}
  begin arith_error:=true; delete_glue_ref(#); #:=new_spec(zero_glue);
  end

@<Make sure that |f|...@>=
if (l=int_val)or(s>expr_sub) then
  begin if (f>infinity)or(f<-infinity) then num_error(f);
  end
else if l=dimen_val then
  begin if abs(f)>max_dimen then num_error(f);
  end
else  begin if (abs(width(f))>max_dimen)or@|
   (abs(stretch(f))>max_dimen)or@|
   (abs(shrink(f))>max_dimen) then glue_error(f);
  end

@ Applying the factor |f| to the partial term |t| (with the operator
|s|) is delayed until the next operator |o| has been scanned.  Here we
handle the first factor of a partial term.  A glue spec has to be copied
unless the next operator is a right parenthesis; this allows us later on
to simply modify the glue components.

@d normalize_glue(#)==
  if stretch(#)=0 then stretch_order(#):=normal;
  if shrink(#)=0 then shrink_order(#):=normal

@<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>=
expr_none: if (l>=glue_val)and(o<>expr_none) then
    begin t:=new_spec(f); delete_glue_ref(f); normalize_glue(t);
    end
  else t:=f;

@ When a term |t| has been completed it is copied to, added to, or
subtracted from the expression |e|.

@d expr_add_sub(#)==add_or_sub(#,r=expr_sub)
@d expr_a(#)==expr_add_sub(#,max_dimen)

@<Evaluate the current expression@>=
begin s:=expr_none;
if r=expr_none then e:=t
else if l=int_val then e:=expr_add_sub(e,t,infinity)
else if l=dimen_val then e:=expr_a(e,t)
else @<Compute the sum or difference of two glue specs@>;
r:=o;
end

@ The function |add_or_sub(x,y,max_answer,negative)| computes the sum
(for |negative=false|) or difference (for |negative=true|) of |x| and
|y|, provided the absolute value of the result does not exceed
|max_answer|.

@<Declare subprocedures for |scan_expr|@>=
function add_or_sub(@!x,@!y,@!max_answer:integer;@!negative:boolean):integer;
var a:integer; {the answer}
begin if negative then negate(y);
if x>=0 then
  if y<=max_answer-x then a:=x+y@+else num_error(a)
else if y>=-max_answer-x then a:=x+y@+else num_error(a);
add_or_sub:=a;
end;

@ We know that |stretch_order(e)>normal| implies |stretch(e)<>0| and
|shrink_order(e)>normal| implies |shrink(e)<>0|.

@<Compute the sum or diff...@>=
begin width(e):=expr_a(width(e),width(t));
if stretch_order(e)=stretch_order(t) then
  stretch(e):=expr_a(stretch(e),stretch(t))
else if (stretch_order(e)<stretch_order(t))and(stretch(t)<>0) then
  begin stretch(e):=stretch(t); stretch_order(e):=stretch_order(t);
  end;
if shrink_order(e)=shrink_order(t) then
  shrink(e):=expr_a(shrink(e),shrink(t))
else if (shrink_order(e)<shrink_order(t))and(shrink(t)<>0) then
  begin shrink(e):=shrink(t); shrink_order(e):=shrink_order(t);
  end;
delete_glue_ref(t); normalize_glue(e);
end

@ If a multiplication is followed by a division, the two operations are
combined into a `scaling' operation.  Otherwise the term |t| is
multiplied by the factor |f|.

@d expr_m(#)==#:=nx_plus_y(#,f,0)

@<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>=
expr_mult: if o=expr_div then
    begin n:=f; o:=expr_scale;
    end
  else if l=int_val then t:=mult_integers(t,f)
  else if l=dimen_val then expr_m(t)
  else  begin expr_m(width(t)); expr_m(stretch(t)); expr_m(shrink(t));
    end;

@ Here we divide the term |t| by the factor |f|.

@d expr_d(#)==#:=quotient(#,f)

@<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>=
expr_div: if l<glue_val then expr_d(t)
  else  begin expr_d(width(t)); expr_d(stretch(t)); expr_d(shrink(t));
    end;

@ The function |quotient(n,d)| computes the rounded quotient
$q=\lfloor n/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$, when $n$ and $d$ are positive.

@<Declare subprocedures for |scan_expr|@>=
function quotient(@!n,@!d:integer):integer;
var negative:boolean; {should the answer be negated?}
@!a:integer; {the answer}
begin if d=0 then num_error(a)
else  begin if d>0 then negative:=false
  else  begin negate(d); negative:=true;
    end;
  if n<0 then
    begin negate(n); negative:=not negative;
    end;
  a:=n div d; n:=n-a*d; d:=n-d; {avoid certain compiler optimizations!}
  if d+n>=0 then incr(a);
  if negative then negate(a);
  end;
quotient:=a;
end;

@ Here the term |t| is multiplied by the quotient $n/f$.

@d expr_s(#)==#:=fract(#,n,f,max_dimen)

@<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>=
expr_scale: if l=int_val then t:=fract(t,n,f,infinity)
  else if l=dimen_val then expr_s(t)
  else  begin expr_s(width(t)); expr_s(stretch(t)); expr_s(shrink(t));
    end;

@ Finally, the function |fract(x,n,d,max_answer)| computes the integer
$q=\lfloor xn/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$, when $x$, $n$, and $d$ are positive
and the result does not exceed |max_answer|.  We can't use floating
point arithmetic since the routine must produce identical results in all
cases; and it would be too dangerous to multiply by~|n| and then divide
by~|d|, in separate operations, since overflow might well occur.  Hence
this subroutine simulates double precision arithmetic, somewhat
analogous to \MF's |make_fraction| and |take_fraction| routines.

@d too_big=88 {go here when the result is too big}

@<Declare subprocedures for |scan_expr|@>=
function fract(@!x,@!n,@!d,@!max_answer:integer):integer;
label found, found1, too_big, done;
var negative:boolean; {should the answer be negated?}
@!a:integer; {the answer}
@!f:integer; {a proper fraction}
@!h:integer; {smallest integer such that |2*h>=d|}
@!r:integer; {intermediate remainder}
@!t:integer; {temp variable}
begin if d=0 then goto too_big;
a:=0;
if d>0 then negative:=false
else  begin negate(d); negative:=true;
  end;
if x<0 then
  begin negate(x); negative:=not negative;
  end
else if x=0 then goto done;
if n<0 then
  begin negate(n); negative:=not negative;
  end;
t:=n div d;
if t>max_answer div x then goto too_big;
a:=t*x; n:=n-t*d;
if n=0 then goto found;
t:=x div d;
if t>(max_answer-a) div n then goto too_big;
a:=a+t*n; x:=x-t*d;
if x=0 then goto found;
if x<n then
  begin t:=x; x:=n; n:=t;
  end; {now |0<n<=x<d|}
@<Compute \(f)$f=\lfloor xn/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$@>@;
if f>(max_answer-a) then goto too_big;
a:=a+f;
found: if negative then negate(a);
goto done;
too_big: num_error(a);
done: fract:=a;
end;

@ The loop here preserves the following invariant relations
between |f|, |x|, |n|, and~|r|:
(i)~$f+\lfloor(xn+(r+d))/d\rfloor=\lfloor x_0n_0/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$;
(ii)~|-d<=r<0<n<=x<d|, where $x_0$, $n_0$ are the original values of~$x$
and $n$.

Notice that the computation specifies |(x-d)+x| instead of |(x+x)-d|,
because the latter could overflow.

@<Compute \(f)$f=\lfloor xn/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$@>=
f:=0; r:=(d div 2)-d; h:=-r;
loop@+begin if odd(n) then
    begin r:=r+x;
    if r>=0 then
      begin r:=r-d; incr(f);
      end;
    end;
  n:=n div 2;
  if n=0 then goto found1;
  if x<h then x:=x+x
  else  begin t:=x-d; x:=t+x; f:=f+n;
      if x<n then
        begin if x=0 then goto found1;
        t:=x; x:=n; n:=t;
        end;
    end;
  end;
found1:

@ The \.{\\gluestretch}, \.{\\glueshrink}, \.{\\gluestretchorder}, and
\.{\\glueshrinkorder} commands return the stretch and shrink components
and their orders of ``infinity'' of a glue specification.

@d glue_stretch_order_code=eTeX_int+6 {code for \.{\\gluestretchorder}}
@d glue_shrink_order_code=eTeX_int+7 {code for \.{\\glueshrinkorder}}
@d glue_stretch_code=eTeX_dim+7 {code for \.{\\gluestretch}}
@d glue_shrink_code=eTeX_dim+8 {code for \.{\\glueshrink}}

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("gluestretchorder",last_item,glue_stretch_order_code);
@!@:glue_stretch_order_}{\.{\\gluestretchorder} primitive@>
primitive("glueshrinkorder",last_item,glue_shrink_order_code);
@!@:glue_shrink_order_}{\.{\\glueshrinkorder} primitive@>
primitive("gluestretch",last_item,glue_stretch_code);
@!@:glue_stretch_}{\.{\\gluestretch} primitive@>
primitive("glueshrink",last_item,glue_shrink_code);
@!@:glue_shrink_}{\.{\\glueshrink} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
glue_stretch_order_code: print_esc("gluestretchorder");
glue_shrink_order_code: print_esc("glueshrinkorder");
glue_stretch_code: print_esc("gluestretch");
glue_shrink_code: print_esc("glueshrink");

@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>=
glue_stretch_order_code, glue_shrink_order_code:
  begin scan_normal_glue; q:=cur_val;
  if m=glue_stretch_order_code then cur_val:=stretch_order(q)
  else cur_val:=shrink_order(q);
  delete_glue_ref(q);
  end;

@ @<Cases for fetching a dimension value@>=
glue_stretch_code, glue_shrink_code:
  begin scan_normal_glue; q:=cur_val;
  if m=glue_stretch_code then cur_val:=stretch(q)
  else cur_val:=shrink(q);
  delete_glue_ref(q);
  end;

@ The \.{\\mutoglue} and \.{\\gluetomu} commands convert ``math'' glue
into normal glue and vice versa; they allow to manipulate math glue with
\.{\\gluestretch} etc.

@d mu_to_glue_code=eTeX_glue {code for \.{\\mutoglue}}
@d glue_to_mu_code=eTeX_mu {code for \.{\\gluetomu}}

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("mutoglue",last_item,mu_to_glue_code);
@!@:mu_to_glue_}{\.{\\mutoglue} primitive@>
primitive("gluetomu",last_item,glue_to_mu_code);
@!@:glue_to_mu_}{\.{\\gluetomu} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
mu_to_glue_code: print_esc("mutoglue");
glue_to_mu_code: print_esc("gluetomu");

@ @<Cases for fetching a glue value@>=
mu_to_glue_code: scan_mu_glue;

@ @<Cases for fetching a mu value@>=
glue_to_mu_code: scan_normal_glue;

@ \eTeX\ (in extended mode) supports 32768 (i.e., $2^{15}$) count,
dimen, skip, muskip, box, and token registers.  As in \TeX\ the first
256 registers of each kind are realized as arrays in the table of
equivalents; the additional registers are realized as tree structures
built from variable-size nodes with individual registers existing only
when needed.  Default values are used for nonexistent registers:  zero
for count and dimen values, |zero_glue| for glue (skip and muskip)
values, void for boxes, and |null| for token lists (and current marks
discussed below).

Similarly there are 32768 mark classes; the command \.{\\marks}|n|
creates a mark node for a given mark class |0<=n<=32767| (where
\.{\\marks0} is synonymous to \.{\\mark}).  The page builder (actually
the |fire_up| routine) and the |vsplit| routine maintain the current
values of |top_mark|, |first_mark|, |bot_mark|, |split_first_mark|, and
|split_bot_mark| for each mark class.  They are accessed as
\.{\\topmarks}|n| etc., and \.{\\topmarks0} is again synonymous to
\.{\\topmark}.  As in \TeX\ the five current marks for mark class zero
are realized as |cur_mark| array.  The additional current marks are
again realized as tree structure with individual mark classes existing
only when needed.

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("marks",mark,marks_code);
@!@:marks_}{\.{\\marks} primitive@>
primitive("topmarks",top_bot_mark,top_mark_code+marks_code);
@!@:top_marks_}{\.{\\topmarks} primitive@>
primitive("firstmarks",top_bot_mark,first_mark_code+marks_code);
@!@:first_marks_}{\.{\\firstmarks} primitive@>
primitive("botmarks",top_bot_mark,bot_mark_code+marks_code);
@!@:bot_marks_}{\.{\\botmarks} primitive@>
primitive("splitfirstmarks",top_bot_mark,split_first_mark_code+marks_code);
@!@:split_first_marks_}{\.{\\splitfirstmarks} primitive@>
primitive("splitbotmarks",top_bot_mark,split_bot_mark_code+marks_code);
@!@:split_bot_marks_}{\.{\\splitbotmarks} primitive@>

@ The |scan_register_num| procedure scans a register number that must
not exceed 255 in compatibility mode resp.\ 32767 in extended mode.

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
procedure@?scan_register_num; forward;@t\2@>

@ @<Declare procedures that scan restricted classes of integers@>=
procedure scan_register_num;
begin scan_int;
if (cur_val<0)or(cur_val>max_reg_num) then
  begin print_err("Bad register code");
@.Bad register code@>
  help2(max_reg_help_line)("I changed this one to zero.");
  int_error(cur_val); cur_val:=0;
  end;
end;

@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ comp...@>=
max_reg_num:=255;
max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 255.";

@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ ext...@>=
max_reg_num:=32767;
max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 32767.";

@ @<Glob...@>=
@!max_reg_num: halfword; {largest allowed register number}
@!max_reg_help_line: str_number; {first line of help message}

@ There are seven almost identical doubly linked trees, one for the
sparse array of the up to 32512 additional registers of each kind and
one for the sparse array of the up to 32767 additional mark classes.
The root of each such tree, if it exists, is an index node containing 16
pointers to subtrees for 4096 consecutive array elements.  Similar index
nodes are the starting points for all nonempty subtrees for 4096, 256,
and 16 consecutive array elements.  These four levels of index nodes are
followed by a fifth level with nodes for the individual array elements.

Each index node is nine words long.  The pointers to the 16 possible
subtrees or are kept in the |info| and |link| fields of the last eight
words.  (It would be both elegant and efficient to declare them as
array, unfortunately \PASCAL\ doesn't allow this.)

The fields in the first word of each index node and in the nodes for the
array elements are closely related.  The |link| field points to the next
lower index node and the |sa_index| field contains four bits (one
hexadecimal digit) of the register number or mark class.  For the lowest
index node the |link| field is |null| and the |sa_index| field indicates
the type of quantity (|int_val|, |dimen_val|, |glue_val|, |mu_val|,
|box_val|, |tok_val|, or |mark_val|).  The |sa_used| field in the index
nodes counts how many of the 16 pointers are non-null.

The |sa_index| field in the nodes for array elements contains the four
bits plus 16 times the type.  Therefore such a node represents a count
or dimen register if and only if |sa_index<dimen_val_limit|; it
represents a skip or muskip register if and only if
|dimen_val_limit<=sa_index<mu_val_limit|; it represents a box register
if and only if |mu_val_limit<=sa_index<box_val_limit|; it represents a
token list register if and only if
|box_val_limit<=sa_index<tok_val_limit|; finally it represents a mark
class if and only if |tok_val_limit<=sa_index|.

The |new_index| procedure creates an index node (returned in |cur_ptr|)
having given contents of the |sa_index| and |link| fields.

@d box_val==4 {the additional box registers}
@d mark_val=6 {the additional mark classes}
@#
@d dimen_val_limit=@"20 {$2^4\cdot(|dimen_val|+1)$}
@d mu_val_limit=@"40 {$2^4\cdot(|mu_val|+1)$}
@d box_val_limit=@"50 {$2^4\cdot(|box_val|+1)$}
@d tok_val_limit=@"60 {$2^4\cdot(|tok_val|+1)$}
@#
@d index_node_size=9 {size of an index node}
@d sa_index==type {a four-bit address or a type or both}
@d sa_used==subtype {count of non-null pointers}

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
procedure new_index(@!i:quarterword; @!q:pointer);
var k:small_number; {loop index}
begin cur_ptr:=get_node(index_node_size); sa_index(cur_ptr):=i;
sa_used(cur_ptr):=0; link(cur_ptr):=q;
for k:=1 to index_node_size-1 do {clear all 16 pointers}
  mem[cur_ptr+k]:=sa_null;
end;

@ The roots of the seven trees for the additional registers and mark
classes are kept in the |sa_root| array.  The first six locations must
be dumped and undumped; the last one is also known as |sa_mark|.

@d sa_mark==sa_root[mark_val] {root for mark classes}

@<Glob...@>=
@!sa_root:array[int_val..mark_val] of pointer; {roots of sparse arrays}
@!cur_ptr:pointer; {value returned by |new_index| and |find_sa_element|}
@!sa_null:memory_word; {two |null| pointers}

@ @<Set init...@>=
sa_mark:=null; sa_null.hh.lh:=null; sa_null.hh.rh:=null;

@ @<Initialize table...@>=
for i:=int_val to tok_val do sa_root[i]:=null;

@ Given a type |t| and a sixteen-bit number |n|, the |find_sa_element|
procedure returns (in |cur_ptr|) a pointer to the node for the
corresponding array element, or |null| when no such element exists.  The
third parameter |w| is set |true| if the element must exist, e.g.,
because it is about to be modified.  The procedure has two main
branches:  one follows the existing tree structure, the other (only used
when |w| is |true|) creates the missing nodes.

We use macros to extract the four-bit pieces from a sixteen-bit register
number or mark class and to fetch or store one of the 16 pointers from
an index node.

@d if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(#)== {some tree element is missing}
  begin if cur_ptr=null then
    if w then goto #@+else return;
  end
@#
@d hex_dig1(#)==# div 4096 {the fourth lowest hexadecimal digit}
@d hex_dig2(#)==(# div 256) mod 16 {the third lowest hexadecimal digit}
@d hex_dig3(#)==(# div 16) mod 16 {the second lowest hexadecimal digit}
@d hex_dig4(#)==# mod 16 {the lowest hexadecimal digit}
@#
@d get_sa_ptr==if odd(i) then cur_ptr:=link(q+(i div 2)+1)
  else cur_ptr:=info(q+(i div 2)+1)
    {set |cur_ptr| to the pointer indexed by |i| from index node |q|}
@d put_sa_ptr(#)==if odd(i) then link(q+(i div 2)+1):=#
  else info(q+(i div 2)+1):=#
    {store the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
@d add_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(cur_ptr); incr(sa_used(q));
  end {add |cur_ptr| as the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
@d delete_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(null); decr(sa_used(q));
  end {delete the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
procedure find_sa_element(@!t:small_number;@!n:halfword;@!w:boolean);
  {sets |cur_val| to sparse array element location or |null|}
label not_found,not_found1,not_found2,not_found3,not_found4,exit;
var q:pointer; {for list manipulations}
@!i:small_number; {a four bit index}
begin cur_ptr:=sa_root[t];
if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found);@/
q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); get_sa_ptr;
if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found1);@/
q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); get_sa_ptr;
if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found2);@/
q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); get_sa_ptr;
if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found3);@/
q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); get_sa_ptr;
if (cur_ptr=null)and w then goto not_found4;
return;
not_found: new_index(t,null); {create first level index node}
sa_root[t]:=cur_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n);
not_found1: new_index(i,q); {create second level index node}
add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n);
not_found2: new_index(i,q); {create third level index node}
add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n);
not_found3: new_index(i,q); {create fourth level index node}
add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n);
not_found4: @<Create a new array element of type |t| with index |i|@>;
link(cur_ptr):=q; add_sa_ptr;
exit:end;

@ The array elements for registers are subject to grouping and have an
|sa_lev| field (quite analogous to |eq_level|) instead of |sa_used|.
Since saved values as well as shorthand definitions (created by e.g.,
\.{\\countdef}) refer to the location of the respective array element,
we need a reference count that is kept in the |sa_ref| field.  An array
element can be deleted (together with all references to it) when its
|sa_ref| value is |null| and its value is the default value.
@^reference counts@>

Skip, muskip, box, and token registers use two word nodes, their values
are stored in the |sa_ptr| field.
Count and dimen registers use three word nodes, their
values are stored in the |sa_int| resp.\ |sa_dim| field in the third
word; the |sa_ptr| field is used under the name |sa_num| to store
the register number.  Mark classes use four word nodes.  The last three
words contain the five types of current marks

@d sa_lev==sa_used {grouping level for the current value}
@d pointer_node_size=2 {size of an element with a pointer value}
@d sa_type(#)==(sa_index(#) div 16) {type part of combined type/index}
@d sa_ref(#)==info(#+1) {reference count of a sparse array element}
@d sa_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {a pointer value}
@#
@d word_node_size=3 {size of an element with a word value}
@d sa_num==sa_ptr {the register number}
@d sa_int(#)==mem[#+2].int {an integer}
@d sa_dim(#)==mem[#+2].sc {a dimension (a somewhat esotheric distinction)}
@#
@d mark_class_node_size=4 {size of an element for a mark class}
@#
@d fetch_box(#)== {fetch |box(cur_val)|}
  if cur_val<256 then #:=box(cur_val)
  else  begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false);
    if cur_ptr=null then #:=null@+else #:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
    end

@<Create a new array element...@>=
if t=mark_val then {a mark class}
  begin cur_ptr:=get_node(mark_class_node_size);
  mem[cur_ptr+1]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+2]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+3]:=sa_null;
  end
else  begin if t<=dimen_val then {a count or dimen register}
    begin cur_ptr:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(cur_ptr):=0;
    sa_num(cur_ptr):=n;
    end
  else  begin cur_ptr:=get_node(pointer_node_size);
    if t<=mu_val then {a skip or muskip register}
      begin sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=zero_glue; add_glue_ref(zero_glue);
      end
    else sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=null; {a box or token list register}
    end;
  sa_ref(cur_ptr):=null; {all registers have a reference count}
  end;
sa_index(cur_ptr):=16*t+i; sa_lev(cur_ptr):=level_one

@ The |delete_sa_ref| procedure is called when a pointer to an array
element representing a register is being removed; this means that the
reference count should be decreased by one.  If the reduced reference
count is |null| and the register has been (globally) assigned its
default value the array element should disappear, possibly together with
some index nodes.  This procedure will never be used for mark class
nodes.
@^reference counts@>

@d add_sa_ref(#)==incr(sa_ref(#)) {increase reference count}
@#
@d change_box(#)== {change |box(cur_val)|, the |eq_level| stays the same}
  if cur_val<256 then box(cur_val):=#@+else set_sa_box(#)
@#
@d set_sa_box(#)==begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false);
  if cur_ptr<>null then
    begin sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=#; add_sa_ref(cur_ptr); delete_sa_ref(cur_ptr);
    end;
  end

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
procedure delete_sa_ref(@!q:pointer); {reduce reference count}
label exit;
var p:pointer; {for list manipulations}
@!i:small_number; {a four bit index}
@!s:small_number; {size of a node}
begin decr(sa_ref(q));
if sa_ref(q)<>null then return;
if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then
 if sa_int(q)=0 then s:=word_node_size
 else return
else  begin if sa_index(q)<mu_val_limit then
    if sa_ptr(q)=zero_glue then delete_glue_ref(zero_glue)
    else return
  else if sa_ptr(q)<>null then return;
  s:=pointer_node_size;
  end;
repeat i:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,s);
if q=null then {the whole tree has been freed}
  begin sa_root[i]:=null; return;
  end;
delete_sa_ptr; s:=index_node_size; {node |q| is an index node}
until sa_used(q)>0;
exit:end;

@ The |print_sa_num| procedure prints the register number corresponding
to an array element.

@<Basic print...@>=
procedure print_sa_num(@!q:pointer); {print register number}
var @!n:halfword; {the register number}
begin if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then n:=sa_num(q) {the easy case}
else  begin n:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); q:=link(q); n:=n+16*sa_index(q);
  q:=link(q); n:=n+256*(sa_index(q)+16*sa_index(link(q)));
  end;
print_int(n);
end;

@ Here is a procedure that displays the contents of an array element
symbolically.  It is used under similar circumstances as is
|restore_trace| (together with |show_eqtb|) for the quantities kept in
the |eqtb| array.

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
@!stat procedure show_sa(@!p:pointer;@!s:str_number);
var t:small_number; {the type of element}
begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{"); print(s); print_char(" ");
if p=null then print_char("?") {this can't happen}
else  begin t:=sa_type(p);
  if t<box_val then print_cmd_chr(register,p)
  else if t=box_val then
    begin print_esc("box"); print_sa_num(p);
    end
  else if t=tok_val then print_cmd_chr(toks_register,p)
  else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either}
  print_char("=");
  if t=int_val then print_int(sa_int(p))
  else if t=dimen_val then
    begin print_scaled(sa_dim(p)); print("pt");
    end
  else  begin p:=sa_ptr(p);
    if t=glue_val then print_spec(p,"pt")
    else if t=mu_val then print_spec(p,"mu")
    else if t=box_val then
      if p=null then print("void")
      else  begin depth_threshold:=0; breadth_max:=1; show_node_list(p);
        end
    else if t=tok_val then
      begin if p<>null then show_token_list(link(p),null,32);
      end
    else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either}
    end;
  end;
print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false);
end;
tats

@ Here we compute the pointer to the current mark of type |t| and mark
class |cur_val|.

@<Compute the mark pointer...@>=
begin find_sa_element(mark_val,cur_val,false);
if cur_ptr<>null then
  if odd(t) then cur_ptr:=link(cur_ptr+(t div 2)+1)
  else cur_ptr:=info(cur_ptr+(t div 2)+1);
end

@ The current marks for all mark classes are maintained by the |vsplit|
and |fire_up| routines and are finally destroyed (for \.{INITEX} only)
@.INITEX@>
by the |final_cleanup| routine.  Apart from updating the current marks
when mark nodes are encountered, these routines perform certain actions
on all existing mark classes.  The recursive |do_marks| procedure walks
through the whole tree or a subtree of existing mark class nodes and
preforms certain actions indicted by its first parameter |a|, the action
code.  The second parameter |l| indicates the level of recursion (at
most four); the third parameter points to a nonempty tree or subtree.
The result is |true| if the complete tree or subtree has been deleted.

@d vsplit_init==0 {action code for |vsplit| initialization}
@d fire_up_init==1 {action code for |fire_up| initialization}
@d fire_up_done==2 {action code for |fire_up| completion}
@d destroy_marks==3 {action code for |final_cleanup|}
@#
@d sa_top_mark(#)==info(#+1) {\.{\\topmarks}|n|}
@d sa_first_mark(#)==link(#+1) {\.{\\firstmarks}|n|}
@d sa_bot_mark(#)==info(#+2) {\.{\\botmarks}|n|}
@d sa_split_first_mark(#)==link(#+2) {\.{\\splitfirstmarks}|n|}
@d sa_split_bot_mark(#)==info(#+3) {\.{\\splitbotmarks}|n|}

@<Declare the function called |do_marks|@>=
function do_marks(@!a,@!l:small_number;@!q:pointer):boolean;
var i:small_number; {a four bit index}
begin if l<4 then {|q| is an index node}
  begin for i:=0 to 15 do
    begin get_sa_ptr;
    if cur_ptr<>null then if do_marks(a,l+1,cur_ptr) then delete_sa_ptr;
    end;
  if sa_used(q)=0 then
    begin free_node(q,index_node_size); q:=null;
    end;
  end
else {|q| is the node for a mark class}
  begin case a of
  @<Cases for |do_marks|@>@;
  end; {there are no other cases}
  if sa_bot_mark(q)=null then if sa_split_bot_mark(q)=null then
    begin free_node(q,mark_class_node_size); q:=null;
    end;
  end;
do_marks:=(q=null);
end;

@ At the start of the |vsplit| routine the existing |split_fist_mark|
and |split_bot_mark| are discarded.

@<Cases for |do_marks|@>=
vsplit_init: if sa_split_first_mark(q)<>null then
  begin delete_token_ref(sa_split_first_mark(q)); sa_split_first_mark(q):=null;
  delete_token_ref(sa_split_bot_mark(q)); sa_split_bot_mark(q):=null;
  end;

@ We use again the fact that |split_first_mark=null| if and only if
|split_bot_mark=null|.

@<Update the current marks for |vsplit|@>=
begin find_sa_element(mark_val,mark_class(p),true);
if sa_split_first_mark(cur_ptr)=null then
  begin sa_split_first_mark(cur_ptr):=mark_ptr(p);
  add_token_ref(mark_ptr(p));
  end
else delete_token_ref(sa_split_bot_mark(cur_ptr));
sa_split_bot_mark(cur_ptr):=mark_ptr(p);
add_token_ref(mark_ptr(p));
end

@ At the start of the |fire_up| routine the old |top_mark| and
|first_mark| are discarded, whereas the old |bot_mark| becomes the new
|top_mark|.  An empty new |top_mark| token list is, however, discarded
as well in order that mark class nodes can eventually be released.  We
use again the fact that |bot_mark<>null| implies |first_mark<>null|; it
also knows that |bot_mark=null| implies |top_mark=first_mark=null|.

@<Cases for |do_marks|@>=
fire_up_init: if sa_bot_mark(q)<>null then
  begin if sa_top_mark(q)<>null then delete_token_ref(sa_top_mark(q));
  delete_token_ref(sa_first_mark(q)); sa_first_mark(q):=null;
  if link(sa_bot_mark(q))=null then {an empty token list}
    begin delete_token_ref(sa_bot_mark(q)); sa_bot_mark(q):=null;
    end
  else add_token_ref(sa_bot_mark(q));
  sa_top_mark(q):=sa_bot_mark(q);
  end;

@ @<Cases for |do_marks|@>=
fire_up_done: if (sa_top_mark(q)<>null)and(sa_first_mark(q)=null) then
  begin sa_first_mark(q):=sa_top_mark(q); add_token_ref(sa_top_mark(q));
  end;

@ @<Update the current marks for |fire_up|@>=
begin find_sa_element(mark_val,mark_class(p),true);
if sa_first_mark(cur_ptr)=null then
  begin sa_first_mark(cur_ptr):=mark_ptr(p);
  add_token_ref(mark_ptr(p));
  end;
if sa_bot_mark(cur_ptr)<>null then delete_token_ref(sa_bot_mark(cur_ptr));
sa_bot_mark(cur_ptr):=mark_ptr(p); add_token_ref(mark_ptr(p));
end

@ Here we use the fact that the five current mark pointers in a mark
class node occupy the same locations as the the first five pointers of
an index node.  For systems using a run-time switch to distinguish
between \.{VIRTEX} and \.{INITEX}, the codewords `$|init|\ldots|tini|$'
surrounding the following piece of code should be removed.
@.INITEX@>
@^system dependencies@>

@<Cases for |do_marks|@>=
@!init destroy_marks: for i:=top_mark_code to split_bot_mark_code do
  begin get_sa_ptr;
  if cur_ptr<>null then
    begin delete_token_ref(cur_ptr); put_sa_ptr(null);
    end;
  end;
tini

@ The command code |register| is used for `\.{\\count}', `\.{\\dimen}',
etc., as well as for references to sparse array elements defined by
`\.{\\countdef}', etc.

@<Cases of |register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
begin if (chr_code<mem_bot)or(chr_code>lo_mem_stat_max) then
  cmd:=sa_type(chr_code)
else  begin cmd:=chr_code-mem_bot; chr_code:=null;
  end;
if cmd=int_val then print_esc("count")
else if cmd=dimen_val then print_esc("dimen")
else if cmd=glue_val then print_esc("skip")
else print_esc("muskip");
if chr_code<>null then print_sa_num(chr_code);
end

@ Similarly the command code |toks_register| is used for `\.{\\toks}' as
well as for references to sparse array elements defined by
`\.{\\toksdef}'.

@<Cases of |toks_register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
begin print_esc("toks");
if chr_code<>mem_bot then print_sa_num(chr_code);
end

@ When a shorthand definition for an element of one of the sparse arrays
is destroyed, we must reduce the reference count.

@<Cases for |eq_destroy|@>=
toks_register,register:
  if (equiv_field(w)<mem_bot)or(equiv_field(w)>lo_mem_stat_max) then
    delete_sa_ref(equiv_field(w));

@ The task to maintain (change, save, and restore) register values is
essentially the same when the register is realized as sparse array
element or entry in |eqtb|.  The global variable |sa_chain| is the head
of a linked list of entries saved at the topmost level |sa_level|; the
lists for lowel levels are kept in special save stack entries.

@<Glob...@>=
@!sa_chain: pointer; {chain of saved sparse array entries}
@!sa_level: quarterword; {group level for |sa_chain|}

@ @<Set init...@>=
sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=level_zero;

@ The individual saved items are kept in pointer or word nodes similar
to those used for the array elements: a word node with value zero is,
however, saved as pointer node with the otherwise impossible |sa_index|
value |tok_val_limit|.

@d sa_loc==sa_ref {location of saved item}

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
procedure sa_save(@!p:pointer); {saves value of |p|}
var q:pointer; {the new save node}
@!i:quarterword; {index field of node}
begin if cur_level<>sa_level then
  begin check_full_save_stack; save_type(save_ptr):=restore_sa;
  save_level(save_ptr):=sa_level; save_index(save_ptr):=sa_chain;
  incr(save_ptr); sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=cur_level;
  end;
i:=sa_index(p);
if i<dimen_val_limit then
  begin if sa_int(p)=0 then
    begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); i:=tok_val_limit;
    end
  else  begin q:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(q):=sa_int(p);
    end;
  sa_ptr(q):=null;
  end
else  begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); sa_ptr(q):=sa_ptr(p);
  end;
sa_loc(q):=p; sa_index(q):=i; sa_lev(q):=sa_lev(p);
link(q):=sa_chain; sa_chain:=q; add_sa_ref(p);
end;

@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
procedure sa_destroy(@!p:pointer); {destroy value of |p|}
begin if sa_index(p)<mu_val_limit then delete_glue_ref(sa_ptr(p))
else if sa_ptr(p)<>null then
  if sa_index(p)<box_val_limit then flush_node_list(sa_ptr(p))
  else delete_token_ref(sa_ptr(p));
end;

@ The procedure |sa_def| assigns a new value to sparse array elements,
and saves the former value if appropriate.  This procedure is used only
for skip, muskip, box, and token list registers.  The counterpart of
|sa_def| for count and dimen registers is called |sa_w_def|.

@d sa_define(#)==if e then
    if global then gsa_def(#)@+else sa_def(#)
  else define
@#
@d sa_def_box== {assign |cur_box| to |box(cur_val)|}
  begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,true);
  if global then gsa_def(cur_ptr,cur_box)@+else sa_def(cur_ptr,cur_box);
  end
@#
@d sa_word_define(#)==if e then
    if global then gsa_w_def(#)@+else sa_w_def(#)
  else word_define(#)

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
procedure sa_def(@!p:pointer;@!e:halfword);
  {new data for sparse array elements}
begin add_sa_ref(p);
if sa_ptr(p)=e then
  begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"reassigning");@+tats@;@/
  sa_destroy(p);
  end
else  begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"changing");@+tats@;@/
  if sa_lev(p)=cur_level then sa_destroy(p)@+else sa_save(p);
  sa_lev(p):=cur_level; sa_ptr(p):=e;
  @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/
  end;
delete_sa_ref(p);
end;
@#
procedure sa_w_def(@!p:pointer;@!w:integer);
begin add_sa_ref(p);
if sa_int(p)=w then
  begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"reassigning");@+tats@;@/
  end
else  begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"changing");@+tats@;@/
  if sa_lev(p)<>cur_level then sa_save(p);
  sa_lev(p):=cur_level; sa_int(p):=w;
  @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/
  end;
delete_sa_ref(p);
end;

@ The |sa_def| and |sa_w_def| routines take care of local definitions.
@^global definitions@>
Global definitions are done in almost the same way, but there is no need
to save old values, and the new value is associated with |level_one|.

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
procedure gsa_def(@!p:pointer;@!e:halfword); {global |sa_def|}
begin add_sa_ref(p);
@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"globally changing");@+tats@;@/
sa_destroy(p); sa_lev(p):=level_one; sa_ptr(p):=e;
@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/
delete_sa_ref(p);
end;
@#
procedure gsa_w_def(@!p:pointer;@!w:integer); {global |sa_w_def|}
begin add_sa_ref(p);
@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"globally changing");@+tats@;@/
sa_lev(p):=level_one; sa_int(p):=w;
@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/
delete_sa_ref(p);
end;

@ The |sa_restore| procedure restores the sparse array entries pointed
at by |sa_chain|

@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
procedure sa_restore;
var p:pointer; {sparse array element}
begin repeat p:=sa_loc(sa_chain);
if sa_lev(p)=level_one then
  begin if sa_index(p)>=dimen_val_limit then sa_destroy(sa_chain);
  @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"retaining");@+tats@;@/
  end
else  begin if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then
    if sa_index(sa_chain)<dimen_val_limit then sa_int(p):=sa_int(sa_chain)
    else sa_int(p):=0
  else  begin sa_destroy(p); sa_ptr(p):=sa_ptr(sa_chain);
    end;
  sa_lev(p):=sa_lev(sa_chain);
  @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"restoring");@+tats@;@/
  end;
delete_sa_ref(p);
p:=sa_chain; sa_chain:=link(p);
if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then free_node(p,word_node_size)
else free_node(p,pointer_node_size);
until sa_chain=null;
end;

@ When the value of |last_line_fit| is positive, the last line of a
(partial) paragraph is treated in a special way and we need additional
fields in the active nodes.

@d active_node_size_extended=5 {number of words in extended active nodes}
@d active_short(#)==mem[#+3].sc {|shortfall| of this line}
@d active_glue(#)==mem[#+4].sc {corresponding glue stretch or shrink}

@<Glob...@>=
@!last_line_fill:pointer; {the |par_fill_skip| glue node of the new paragraph}
@!do_last_line_fit:boolean; {special algorithm for last line of paragraph?}
@!active_node_size:small_number; {number of words in active nodes}
@!fill_width:array[0..2] of scaled; {infinite stretch components of
  |par_fill_skip|}
@!best_pl_short:array[very_loose_fit..tight_fit] of scaled; {|shortfall|
  corresponding to |minimal_demerits|}
@!best_pl_glue:array[very_loose_fit..tight_fit] of scaled; {corresponding
  glue stretch or shrink}

@ The new algorithm for the last line requires that the stretchability of
|par_fill_skip| is infinite and the stretchability of |left_skip| plus
|right_skip| is finite.

@<Check for special...@>=
do_last_line_fit:=false; active_node_size:=active_node_size_normal;
  {just in case}
if last_line_fit>0 then
  begin q:=glue_ptr(last_line_fill);
  if (stretch(q)>0)and(stretch_order(q)>normal) then
    if (background[3]=0)and(background[4]=0)and(background[5]=0) then
    begin do_last_line_fit:=true;
    active_node_size:=active_node_size_extended;
    fill_width[0]:=0; fill_width[1]:=0; fill_width[2]:=0;
    fill_width[stretch_order(q)-1]:=stretch(q);
    end;
  end

@ @<Other local variables for |try_break|@>=
@!g:scaled; {glue stretch or shrink of test line, adjustment for last line}

@ Here we initialize the additional fields of the first active node
representing the beginning of the paragraph.

@<Initialize additional fields of the first active node@>=
begin active_short(q):=0; active_glue(q):=0;
end

@ Here we compute the adjustment |g| and badness |b| for a line from |r|
to the end of the paragraph.  When any of the criteria for adjustment is
violated we fall through to the normal algorithm.

The last line must be too short, and have infinite stretch entirely due
to |par_fill_skip|.

@<Perform computations for last line and |goto found|@>=
begin if (active_short(r)=0)or(active_glue(r)<=0) then goto not_found;
  {previous line was neither stretched nor shrunk, or was infinitely bad}
if (cur_active_width[3]<>fill_width[0])or@|
  (cur_active_width[4]<>fill_width[1])or@|
  (cur_active_width[5]<>fill_width[2]) then goto not_found;
  {infinite stretch of this line not entirely due to |par_fill_skip|}
if active_short(r)>0 then g:=cur_active_width[2]
else g:=cur_active_width[6];
if g<=0 then goto not_found; {no finite stretch resp.\ no shrink}
arith_error:=false; g:=fract(g,active_short(r),active_glue(r),max_dimen);
if last_line_fit<1000 then g:=fract(g,last_line_fit,1000,max_dimen);
if arith_error then
  if active_short(r)>0 then g:=max_dimen@+else g:=-max_dimen;
if g>0 then
  @<Set the value of |b| to the badness of the last line for stretching,
    compute the corresponding |fit_class|, and |goto found|@>
else if g<0 then
  @<Set the value of |b| to the badness of the last line for shrinking,
    compute the corresponding |fit_class|, and |goto found|@>;
not_found:end

@ These badness computations are rather similar to those of the standard
algorithm, with the adjustment amount |g| replacing the |shortfall|.

@<Set the value of |b| to the badness of the last line for str...@>=
begin if g>shortfall then g:=shortfall;
if g>7230584 then if cur_active_width[2]<1663497 then
  begin b:=inf_bad; fit_class:=very_loose_fit; goto found;
  end;
b:=badness(g,cur_active_width[2]);
if b>12 then
  if b>99 then fit_class:=very_loose_fit
  else fit_class:=loose_fit
else fit_class:=decent_fit;
goto found;
end

@ @<Set the value of |b| to the badness of the last line for shr...@>=
begin if -g>cur_active_width[6] then g:=-cur_active_width[6];
b:=badness(-g,cur_active_width[6]);
if b>12 then fit_class:=tight_fit@+else fit_class:=decent_fit;
goto found;
end

@ Vanishing values of |shortfall| and |g| indicate that the last line is
not adjusted.

@<Adjust \(t)the additional data for last line@>=
begin if cur_p=null then shortfall:=0;
if shortfall>0 then g:=cur_active_width[2]
else if shortfall<0 then g:=cur_active_width[6]
else g:=0;
end

@ For each feasible break we record the shortfall and glue stretch or
shrink (or adjustment).

@<Store \(a)additional data for this feasible break@>=
begin best_pl_short[fit_class]:=shortfall; best_pl_glue[fit_class]:=g;
end

@ Here we save these data in the active node representing a potential
line break.

@<Store \(a)additional data in the new active node@>=
begin active_short(q):=best_pl_short[fit_class];
active_glue(q):=best_pl_glue[fit_class];
end

@ @<Print additional data in the new active node@>=
begin print(" s="); print_scaled(active_short(q));
if cur_p=null then print(" a=")@+else print(" g=");
print_scaled(active_glue(q));
end

@ Here we either reset |do_last_line_fit| or adjust the |par_fill_skip|
glue.

@<Adjust \(t)the final line of the paragraph@>=
if active_short(best_bet)=0 then do_last_line_fit:=false
else  begin q:=new_spec(glue_ptr(last_line_fill));
  delete_glue_ref(glue_ptr(last_line_fill));
  width(q):=width(q)+active_short(best_bet)-active_glue(best_bet);
  stretch(q):=0; glue_ptr(last_line_fill):=q;
  end

@ When reading \.{\\patterns} while \.{\\savinghyphcodes} is positive
the current |lc_code| values are stored together with the hyphenation
patterns for the current language.  They will later be used instead of
the |lc_code| values for hyphenation purposes.

The |lc_code| values are stored in the linked trie analogous to patterns
$p_1$ of length~1, with |hyph_root=trie_r[0]| replacing |trie_root| and
|lc_code(p_1)| replacing the |trie_op| code.  This allows to compress
and pack them together with the patterns with minimal changes to the
existing code.

@d hyph_root==trie_r[0] {root of the linked trie for |hyph_codes|}

@<Initialize table entries...@>=
hyph_root:=0; hyph_start:=0;

@ @<Store hyphenation codes for current language@>=
begin c:=cur_lang; first_child:=false; p:=0;
repeat q:=p; p:=trie_r[q];
until (p=0)or(c<=so(trie_c[p]));
if (p=0)or(c<so(trie_c[p])) then
  @<Insert a new trie node between |q| and |p|, and
    make |p| point to it@>;
q:=p; {now node |q| represents |cur_lang|}
@<Store all current |lc_code| values@>;
end

@ We store all nonzero |lc_code| values, overwriting any previously
stored values (and possibly wasting a few trie nodes that were used
previously and are not needed now).  We always store at least one
|lc_code| value such that |hyph_index| (defined below) will not be zero.

@<Store all current |lc_code| values@>=
p:=trie_l[q]; first_child:=true;
for c:=0 to 255 do
  if (lc_code(c)>0)or((c=255)and first_child) then
    begin if p=0 then
      @<Insert a new trie node between |q| and |p|, and
        make |p| point to it@>
    else trie_c[p]:=si(c);
    trie_o[p]:=qi(lc_code(c));
    q:=p; p:=trie_r[q]; first_child:=false;
    end;
if first_child then trie_l[q]:=0@+else trie_r[q]:=0

@ We must avoid to ``take'' location~1, in order to distinguish between
|lc_code| values and patterns.

@<Pack all stored |hyph_codes|@>=
begin if trie_root=0 then for p:=0 to 255 do trie_min[p]:=p+2;
first_fit(hyph_root); trie_pack(hyph_root);
hyph_start:=trie_ref[hyph_root];
end

@ The global variable |hyph_index| will point to the hyphenation codes
for the current language.

@d set_hyph_index== {set |hyph_index| for current language}
  if trie_char(hyph_start+cur_lang)<>qi(cur_lang)
    then hyph_index:=0 {no hyphenation codes for |cur_lang|}
  else hyph_index:=trie_link(hyph_start+cur_lang)
@#
@d set_lc_code(#)== {set |hc[0]| to hyphenation or lc code for |#|}
  if hyph_index=0 then hc[0]:=lc_code(#)
  else if trie_char(hyph_index+#)<>qi(#) then hc[0]:=0
  else hc[0]:=qo(trie_op(hyph_index+#))

@<Glob...@>=
@!hyph_start:trie_pointer; {root of the packed trie for |hyph_codes|}
@!hyph_index:trie_pointer; {pointer to hyphenation codes for |cur_lang|}

@ When |saving_vdiscards| is positive then the glue, kern, and penalty
nodes removed by the page builder or by \.{\\vsplit} from the top of a
vertical list are saved in special lists instead of being discarded.

@d tail_page_disc==disc_ptr[copy_code] {last item removed by page builder}
@d page_disc==disc_ptr[last_box_code] {first item removed by page builder}
@d split_disc==disc_ptr[vsplit_code] {first item removed by \.{\\vsplit}}

@<Glob...@>=
@!disc_ptr:array[copy_code..vsplit_code] of pointer; {list pointers}

@ @<Set init...@>=
page_disc:=null; split_disc:=null;

@ The \.{\\pagediscards} and \.{\\splitdiscards} commands share the
command code |un_vbox| with \.{\\unvbox} and \.{\\unvcopy}, they are
distinguished by their |chr_code| values |last_box_code| and
|vsplit_code|.  These |chr_code| values are larger than |box_code| and
|copy_code|.

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("pagediscards",un_vbox,last_box_code);@/
@!@:page_discards_}{\.{\\pagediscards} primitive@>
primitive("splitdiscards",un_vbox,vsplit_code);@/
@!@:split_discards_}{\.{\\splitdiscards} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |un_vbox| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
else if chr_code=last_box_code then print_esc("pagediscards")
else if chr_code=vsplit_code then print_esc("splitdiscards")

@ @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>=
begin link(tail):=disc_ptr[cur_chr]; disc_ptr[cur_chr]:=null;
goto done;
end

@ The \.{\\interlinepenalties}, \.{\\clubpenalties}, \.{\\widowpenalties},
and \.{\\displaywidowpenalties} commands allow to define arrays of
penalty values to be used instead of the corresponding single values.

@d inter_line_penalties_ptr==equiv(inter_line_penalties_loc)
@d club_penalties_ptr==equiv(club_penalties_loc)
@d widow_penalties_ptr==equiv(widow_penalties_loc)
@d display_widow_penalties_ptr==equiv(display_widow_penalties_loc)

@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
primitive("interlinepenalties",set_shape,inter_line_penalties_loc);@/
@!@:inter_line_penalties_}{\.{\\interlinepenalties} primitive@>
primitive("clubpenalties",set_shape,club_penalties_loc);@/
@!@:club_penalties_}{\.{\\clubpenalties} primitive@>
primitive("widowpenalties",set_shape,widow_penalties_loc);@/
@!@:widow_penalties_}{\.{\\widowpenalties} primitive@>
primitive("displaywidowpenalties",set_shape,display_widow_penalties_loc);@/
@!@:display_widow_penalties_}{\.{\\displaywidowpenalties} primitive@>

@ @<Cases of |set_shape| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
inter_line_penalties_loc: print_esc("interlinepenalties");
club_penalties_loc: print_esc("clubpenalties");
widow_penalties_loc: print_esc("widowpenalties");
display_widow_penalties_loc: print_esc("displaywidowpenalties");

@ @<Fetch a penalties array element@>=
begin scan_int;
if (equiv(m)=null)or(cur_val<0) then cur_val:=0
else  begin if cur_val>penalty(equiv(m)) then cur_val:=penalty(equiv(m));
  cur_val:=penalty(equiv(m)+cur_val);
  end;
end

@* \[54] System-dependent changes.
@z
%---------------------------------------